Clean Energy as a Solution for Reducing Supply Chain Carbon Footprints

Climate change is here. The phrase, common, because the reality of the effects of industrialization have become an all too familiar force on the planet today. Sea levels rising, more intense storms, droughts each have their cause exacerbated by the change in global temperatures.

What the Science Says

For over the last century global temperatures have been measured. What has been found is that not only is the Earth’s global average surface temperature going through long-term warming, but in this last decade there has been a startling increase in that rate of warming.

According to, over the last fifty years (since 1973) the Earth’s annual average global temperature has risen an average of around 0.13℃ each decade. That statistic does not sound too concerning until it is shown next to the previous fifty year rate: 0.07℃— nearly double that of the past.
Disconcertingly, scientists predict that the rate will become even higher over the next decade. These changes are not benign by any means. If the trends continue, the effects will be tragic for mankind and animal populations worldwide.

In order to mitigate such effects, humanity must band together to try and limit the rise in temperatures to a pre-industrial average to 1.5℃. The goal of reaching these measurements demands an immediate action of global partnerships to cut nearly 30 gigatons worth of greenhouse gas emissions annually before the year 2030.

To put that astronomically large number into perspective, the United States alone produced 5,981
million metric tons last year, which is 13.2 trillion pounds. China produced 11.47 billion metric tons. When Mount St. Helen’s erupted in 1980, it released about 540 million tons of ash. Humans may have made a mess of things, but actions are being taken to help change these staggering statistics.

Global Efforts for Change

World leaders have taken notice and action at the urgent behest of scholars and activists alike, and as a result, new policies are being set. In an effort to work towards a more sustainable future through climate stabilization, initiatives like the Paris Agreement by the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) have been launched. The UNEP, which serves as a global presence working to set sustainable environmental agendas, acting as a sort of conservation guide, has done the work to identify what it believes are six major factors which can help.

If initiated, have the potential to begin reducing carbon emissions to those levels of 30 gigatons annually. Their argument, though, is that focusing on the more commonly acknowledged factors, like transportation and industry production, are not enough to reach that goal, but they do play a significant part. One of those major contributing factors that can help is clean energy.

Surprisingly, the energy sector is one that does not need a series of new inventions in order to begin chipping away at that goal because the technology already exists. All that needs to be done in a broad sense is to shift from fossil fuels to using renewable forms of energy and just using less energy overall. 

What is Clean Energy?

The conversation around the need and desires for a clean energy revolution is not a new one in America. The U.S. has had a steady push of establishment of new clean energy initiatives in the energy sector. Broadly stated, clean energy are forms of energy that are derived from renewable, zero-emission sources that have little to no pollution effects when utilized. Some examples are solar power, wind, hydro electric, tidal, and geothermal sources. Not only does the clean energy industry help the overall global climate crisis, but it generates new jobs, and is expected to have great growth in the years to come, all the while generating hundreds of billions of dollars in economic value. 

In order for companies that are serious about reducing their carbon emissions to start doing so they usually begin by looking at their own internal operations and infrastructure. While implementing more renewable, green, or clean energy resources does have a positive and notable impact on carbon emissions, the largest results come from revamping their supply chains.

Rethinking Supply Chains

A report done by the McKinsey group found that it is the supply chains of consumer goods companies which have a much larger social and environmental costs— more than 80% of greenhouse gas emissions that are generated by supply chains— are on average 5.5 times greater than the emissions created directly by the companies own, in house production of goods.

Staggeringly, eight key industries — food, fashion, electronics, automotive, construction, consumer goods, professional services, and freight traffic— account for nearly half of all the global carbon emissions. The current use of fossil fuels for transportation and industry is too large a contributor to the global climate crisis to not consider transitions and initiatives which adopt clean energies as solutions.

The implementation of the previously mentioned clean energy sources, which already exist and have been shown to reduce emissions would do much to bring efficiency, and affordable solutions to companies supply chain footprints. What is even better to learn is that costs to consumers on the back end are likely to only increase between 1- 4%. If that is not enough of an encouragement for companies to make the decision of transitioning to the use of clean energies, then maybe customer opinion will. A survey found that 70% of consumers are willing to pay a 5% increase to products if that meant these were manufactured in a more sustainable way.

With the world in need, global initiatives started, technologies available, and consumers in hearty agreement, there is little reason for companies not to make the switch to clean energy use in their supply chains.

4 Key Elements of Effective & Engaging Business Blogs

Business blogs are ten a penny, and so it pays to make sure yours is effective not only in its content, but its presentation, so that readers are engaged and your audience grows.

Here are the main elements you need to be on top of if you want to run a business blog that thrives, rather than merely ticks over.

Visual Treats: The Power of Engaging Imagery in Business Blogs

The visual aspect plays a crucial role in capturing the attention of your target audience and enhancing their overall experience on your business blog. Incorporating stunning, relevant visuals not only piques interest but also makes your content more memorable and shareable.

Before adding images to your posts, ensure that they are high-quality, appropriately sized or cropped for optimal clarity, and consistent with the aesthetics of both the blog post itself and your branding style guidelines. Utilizing online image editing tools can help you refine visual elements before incorporating them into individual articles seamlessly.

Additionally, consider using diverse imaging styles such as infographics, graphs or even GIFs to illustrate complex ideas effectively while maintaining an engaging visual appeal throughout each section of text.

Mastering Your Messaging: Crafting Compelling Content and Voice

Creating effective and engaging content is the cornerstone of any successful business blog. To master your messaging, it’s essential to focus on producing compelling narratives that resonate with your target audience.

An authentic voice distinguishes you from competitors, portrays expertise in your field, and engenders trust among readers. Consistency in tone across all posts demonstrates professionalism while making it easy for visitors to become familiar with and engage more genuinely with your brand.

Moreover, tailor each entry to address concerns or questions pertinent to the audience you’re trying to reach; offering valuable solutions amplifies the impact of each post. Implement storytelling techniques such as anecdotes or case studies that evoke emotions further encouraging readers’ connection to both content and brand.

Lastly, remember to proofread diligently ensuring impeccable grammar, punctuation, clarity, as these are details that reflect excellence in overall communication skills, fortifying credibility while also keeping readers engaged through every aspect of a well-crafted business blog.

Structure Strategies: Organizing Posts for Enhanced Readability

The structure of your business blog posts plays a significant role in maintaining readers’ engagement and overall satisfaction. With strategic organization, you can provide a clear road map that guides the reader smoothly through each important idea or concept.

Start by composing concise yet enticing introductions that outline the post’s topic while also setting expectations about its relevance to the reader’s interests. Furthermore, employ subheadings and bullet points to highlight key concepts or steps, increasing readability by breaking up large text blocks into manageable chunks.

Varied paragraph lengths also contribute to an engaging reading experience. Utilizing shorter paragraphs conveys information more effectively, while longer ones allow for detailed exploration on specific ideas or analytical data as needed.

Remember to incorporate visual cues such as images or quotes throughout the content in order to create breaks between sections offering occasional breathers whilst emphasizing crucial messages wrapped within well-structured business blogs.

Search Engine Success: Incorporating SEO Techniques for Visibility

When crafting engaging business blog content, search engine optimization (SEO) should be a key consideration to improve your visibility and reach the right audience. By applying specific SEO techniques, you increase the chances of your posts ranking higher in search results. Here are some you need to know about:

Keyword research: Identify appropriate keywords relevant to your target audience and incorporate them appropriately throughout titles, headings, meta descriptions, and content.

Optimize images: Compress images for faster loading times while ensuring they have descriptive file names containing relevant keywords; add alt-text that describes visual elements concisely.

Internal linking: Linking related articles within your blog creates logical pathways for readers to continue exploring other topics on your site while improving its overall structure.

Remember to balance the use of SEO strategies with maintaining high-quality writing standards. Creating easily discoverable yet meaningful and compelling content is crucial to truly captivate, and ultimately retain, attentive audiences. Don’t forget to share your posts on social media as well!

The Bottom Line

All that remains is for you to take your business blog to new heights by adopting these essential elements. Start creating engaging and effective content today, and watch your online presence flourish with every post!

How Your Business Can Work Smarter Not Harder with Software

Running a business can be a challenging and time-consuming process. In fact, it’s incredibly easy to consider that long hours and gruelling days are the only way to achieve success. Fortunately for many, this is not the case. The latest research from Microsoft Power Platform experts, Pragmatiq, shows that with the right software, businesses can work smarter, not harder,  helping to maximise quality, output levels and ultimately profits whilst avoiding employee burnout.

Utilising the latest technology and software can aid business performance in multiple areas, including collaboration. In fact, studies have shown that firms promoting collaborative working are 5 times more likely to be high performing.

Below, we will explore some of the ways that businesses can benefit from using software to streamline their operations, maximise their efficiency, and increase profits.

Advantages of Software in Business

There are numerous advantages that software can bring to a business by making a positive impact on productivity, efficiency, customer satisfaction, and overall success. By investing in the right tools, businesses can improve their daily operations to gain a competitive edge in their industry.

After analysing workplace behaviours, Pragmatiq has produced guidance on how businesses can embrace digital transformation to work smarter, not harder by using a variety of Microsoft products.

1. Automate repetitive tasks

Repetitive tasks can be a significant drain on employee time and productivity. By using software to automate these tasks, businesses can free up employee time for more important projects and challenges that require human input. Automation’s impact on business is increasing by the day and is predicted to boost global productivity growth by 0.8-1.4% every year. Many businesses are taking full advantage of Microsoft’s Power Automate software, to create workflows that automate data-based tasks, such as approval sign off, file syncing, email and notification automation, data collection and much more to save time on common business processes. In fact, 79% of business owners view automation as the answer to improved productivity in the workplace.

2. Centralise data

Many businesses store data in different locations or on different systems, making it difficult to access and manage. Making use of software to centralise data helps businesses improve collaboration and decision-making processes. A customer relationship management (CRM) system is commonly used to store customer data which can make it easier for sales and marketing teams to access and use the information before making key decisions.

3. Streamline processes

Businesses can benefit from using software to streamline their processes, reducing the time and effort required to complete tasks. Tools such as inventory management software can help businesses keep track of stock levels, automate the reordering process, and reduce the risk of running out of stock and damage to profits.

4. Enhance communication

Effective communication is essential for businesses to succeed, especially with around 87% of workers electing to work from home if given the option. By using software such as Microsoft Teams to enhance communication, businesses can improve collaboration, productivity, and customer satisfaction. By integrating Microsoft Teams alongside project management software, teams can communicate effectively about deadlines and project progress, ensuring all employees involved are working to the same timeline.

5. Provide insights and analytics

By utilising valuable insights and analytics provided by smart software can help businesses to make informed decisions. For example, examining sales data, allows businesses to identify trends, optimise pricing, improve marketing strategies, and develop future campaigns based on gaps and opportunities in the market. In one example, an innovative diagnostic imaging company, medneo, implemented Microsoft’s analytics solution, Power BI. They reported improved visibility and access to information, time savings, enhanced reporting and insights, among the advantages of implementing this.

6. Scalability

Software can be scaled up or down to meet the ever-changing needs of a business. This makes it easier for companies and organisations to adapt to new challenges and opportunities, such as changes in customer demand, market conditions, or business growth. Software as a Service (SaaS) also eliminates the need for businesses to invest in expensive hardware, software, and infrastructure as the cost of implementing and maintaining the software is typically included in a subscription fee.

7. Staff Satisfaction

Working smarter rather than harder by using software not only benefits all facets of business, but it also improves work-life balance and staff satisfaction. By providing employees with tools to manage workloads better, set priorities, and track progress. This can help reduce stress, create a positive and supportive work environment, and lead to greater job satisfaction and employee retention. However, a survey discovered that more than half of employees contacted reported being unhappy at work due to software frustrations, so implementing the right software that supports the specific needs of a business is essential to workforce happiness.

Transforming business through software

Success stories are churning out by the hour for companies who are adopting software that can help their businesses thrive.

Rigour Survey, that provides precision surveys to architectural, engineering and construction clients, were hindered by multiple spreadsheets, SharePoint lists, emails and other manual processes. Searching for key information became difficult, and gaining visibility of project resources was increasingly challenging due to disconnected systems.

A series of IT solutions were implemented to support day-to-day processes and improve the way projects were managed across the businesses. Pragmatiq also worked with the client to integrate other tools, such as Outlook and SharePoint to enhance operations and suit Rigour’s specific needs.

These measures helped deliver:

  • Time savings
  • Increased user adoption
  • Better collaboration
  • Improved access to information
  • A stable platform for future growth
  • Enhanced reporting and insights

By leveraging the power of software, businesses can expect improvements in operations, reduced costs, and achieve greater success.

How Are Assets and Investments Divided After a Divorce?

Going through a divorce can be one of the most challenging experiences in life, and sorting out financial matters can make it even more complicated. Asset division is one of the most contentious issues that couples encounter during a divorce and can be one of the most expensive aspects of ending a marriage.

In particular, complexities arise when dealing with investments, real estate, and pensions, which often demand specialized knowledge to separate them without significant financial complications. And, if you are dealing with grief, this process can seem overwhelming.

In this blog post, we will explore how assets and investments are divided in a divorce to help you understand the process better and obtain the compensation you deserve.

Dividing Assets and Investments After a Divorce

If you and your former partner have been planning for future financial security, the chances are that, throughout your life together, you have built a portfolio of properties, insurance policies, investments, and other assets.

Diving these assets during a divorce is not straightforward, and each separation is often analysed on a case-by-case basis. However, a layer will help you split the following assets equally:

Family homes and real estate: When dividing the family home and other real estate, factors such as who will retain custody of the children or who can afford to keep the property are taken into consideration.

Credit cards: The division of credit card debt depends on whose name the card is in and who accrued the charges, with both parties possibly responsible for any outstanding balances.

Investment accounts: Investment accounts can be split evenly or divided based on each spouse’s contributions to them during the marriage, among other factors.

Loans and debt: Debts such as mortgages, car loans, and personal loans are divided based on whose name they are under and what assets they were used to purchase.

Retirement accounts and social security: Retirement accounts and social security benefits earned during the marriage may be split equally or based on each spouse’s individual contributions or earnings history.

Life insurance and other insurance policies: Life insurance policies may be designated to one spouse or divided between them if they were purchased during the marriage, while other insurance policies such as a car or health insurance are typically maintained by each individual separately after divorce.

Other aspects accounted for during a divorce include separate and marital properties, prenuptial agreements, and assets that cannot be divided. Let’s look at these elements in more detail below.

Separate vs. Marital Property

When dividing assets during a divorce, it is crucial to distinguish between separate and marital property. Separate property refers to assets that are solely owned by one spouse before the marriage or acquired during the marriage through inheritance or gift.

These properties are not usually divided during a divorce. Marital property, on the other hand, includes everything else acquired during the marriage and is split fairly and equally during a separation.

Prenuptial Arrangements

A prenup is essentially a legal contract between the spouses that outlines how assets will be divided if the marriage ends.

Prenups can cover everything from property and business interests to debts and spousal support. They can also address issues like inheritance, family trusts, and retirement accounts. If you are thinking about a prenup, it’s best to speak with an attorney who specializes in family law to help draft an agreement that meets your specific needs.

Assets That Cannot Be Divided During a Divorce

Some assets are simply not divided during a divorce. These include:

  • Premarital property
  • Gifts received during the marriage
  • Inheritance received during the marriage
  • Assets acquired after a permanent separation
  • Property excluded through a prenuptial or postnuptial agreement

What Does it Cost to Get a Divorce?

Before undergoing a divorce, it is important to understand the financial repercussions of this choice. According to recent statistics, the average cost of a divorce in the US is as high as $12,900, while the median cost of a divorce is $7,500.

If you are undergoing an uncontested divorce and you and your former partner agreed on the division of your assets and on child custody, you can reduce these costs to $4,100.

However, if you are facing disputes regarding asset division or alimony, you will require the support of a full-scope attorney. The hourly fee requested by a specialized professional can be as high as $270, which can increase the cost of your divorce to $11,300 per spouse.

Additionally, if you decide to go to trial, you and your former spouse will need to face fees as high as $23,300.

If you are unsure about the financial implications of a divorce, a specialized attorney can help you consider the price of divorce and choose the best option for your needs.

Partnering With a Specialised Attorney

When you are in the process of ending your marriage, you may be blinded by grief and overwhelmed.

This can cause you to act spontaneously or emotionally, which can lead to significant financial losses and repercussions in the long term. A specialized attorney can fight your corner and help you obtain the compensations and assets you are entitled to during a divorce.

The Role of the CIO Changing Thanks to AI and Digital Transformation

The chief information officer (CIO) is instrumental in helping companies use technology well and achieve stated goals. However, the role of the CIO is becoming significantly different than it once was. Artificial intelligence (AI) and digital transformation are two of the primary reasons for the evolving nature of the position.

The CIO Orchestrates Digital Transformations

The CIO is typically the executive who gets other C-suite personnel on board with investing in new technologies. They are also usually the one who builds and operates new digital platforms that bring transformative results. That was a finding from a 2023 Logicalis survey where 57% of respondents viewed those duties as central to their roles.

CIOs also go beyond implementing technologies at their respective companies. They investigate how the chosen solutions could open new revenue streams and business models.

However, research elsewhere shows CIOs sacrifice to ensure their digital transformations happen fast enough. Global data published in 2023 by Dynatrace indicated these changes had accelerated at 90% of the organisations polled.

However, 55% of respondents indicated they could only meet the demand for rapid transformation by making quality, security and user experience tradeoffs. That suggests the role of the CIO requires working hard to strike a balance between aggressive technological advancement and maintaining the company’s reputation.

The CIO Manages Vast Amounts of Data

Companies that pursue AI and other technologies within digital transformations typically collect and utilise gigantic amounts of data. A 2022 MIT Technology Review Insights report highlighted how data management is a critical aspect — especially for the success of AI-driven initiatives.

The global survey of C-suite executives found that more than half of respondents expect AI to be widespread or critical for several key business functions by 2025. Moreover, 94% of those polled already use AI in their businesses.

Another important takeaway was that 72% of respondents feel data management issues will restrict what organisations can achieve with AI in the future. Additionally, 78% of participants prioritised AI and machine learning scalability over the next three years for their enterprise-level data strategies.

These findings are strong reminders that today’s CIOs must be ready and willing to devote significant parts of their workday to data management. That might mean working with existing data scientists at the company or exploring whether it’s time to hire new team members in that department. Even if information management is not the CIO’s sole responsibility, it’s becoming more prominent. Fortunately, AI algorithms can reduce wasted resources by automating many steps.

The CIO Uses Technology to Improve Business Resilience

Statistics show digital transformation as critical for business growth by 60% of senior-level executives. However, sometimes external factors push those leaders to focus on digital transformation efforts sooner than they otherwise might.

IBM’s Institute for Business Value (IBV) researchers discovered that the COVID-19 pandemic was a primary driver in such technological adoption. About 60% of organisations sped up their technology implementations due to the health crisis.

The transition to greater tech usage started a bit earlier, though. The IBV’s data revealed a 560% increase in intelligent workflows since 2019.

Relatedly, there has been a 700% rise in CIOs reporting using hybrid cloud technologies since that year. However, the desired business resilience is much more likely to occur when CIOs investigate how to use cloud computing securely.

One issue found by the IBV report was that 92% of organisations could not securely enable and provide new cloud-native capabilities to internal and external partners. However, a security-centric focus pays off. Companies with integrated cloud and security strategies achieve two times the performance of peers without them.

These conclusions reveal how the role of the CIO involves carefully considering all factors that could influence the overall success of a project. Using AI or similar technology as part of a digital transformation is a great start, and the cloud can maximise efforts. However, security must remain foundational, especially since cyberattacks are increasingly elaborate and devastating.

The CIO Chooses How and When to Make Tech Investments

A 2022 Lenovo study emphasised that the role of the CIO is much broader than it once was. Nine in 10 respondents admitted their business decisions go beyond technology. Even so, these executives are the primary parties deciding when to buy new tech and what to purchase.

However, Lenovo’s research showed lots of room for improvement in existing tech stacks. In fact, 57% of CIOs said they’d like to replace at least half of their current ones, and 21% said they’d like to do that with almost everything they use now.

Moreover, the as-a-service model will likely play a significant role in enabling those investments. That’s because 63% of respondents said they were already using more technologies through that approach than the previous year’s data showed. Additionally, 92% of CIOs said they’d consider using as-a-service products to fill technology gaps.

This is an appealing way to implement artificial intelligence, which many companies are using for the first time. The as-a-service model typically makes tech investments more affordable, which can appeal to people who’d rather restrict their spending until they see notable payoffs.

The Role of the CIO Will Keep Evolving

These examples show that digital transformation and AI are driving the changing role of the CIO. However, other technologies may reshape this executive’s duties in the next several years. The CIO must work in a rapidly changing landscape, which means accepting that the job’s characteristics may shift, too.

Emily Newton is a tech journalist with over six years of experience covering how advanced technology impacts different industries. She regularly covers technology’s impact on manufacturing and the supply chain.

How to Maximise Business Opportunities with AI and Automation

Whether it be for operational heavy lifting or data management and analysis, AI and automation tools have the power to transform UK businesses.

Recent UK government statistics show that around 15% of all UK businesses have adopted at least one AI technology with the IT and legal sectors leading the way to adoption with 29.5% and 29.2% respectively.

While AI has its limitations, with disruption comes opportunity. Ben Ridgway, co-founder at iamproperty, outlines how businesses can effectively implement technology to maximise their potential.

Tech as a disruptor

Whether it’s driving efficiency or keeping up with legislation, tech can play a positive, disruptive role for businesses, freeing up time that might have been spent on admin tasks. This can allow your workforce to spend more time adding real value, whether that be prospecting new business or servicing existing clients.

Tech can enable business leaders to assume a helicopter view of their operations. It’s worth considering which services can best help you achieve this. For example, CRM platforms can help you manage your team, while revenue management systems help you earn around the clock.

Embracing AI

There are many ways that businesses can leverage AI for business growth, with many centred around providing better and more personalised customer service.

Businesses today collect a wealth of data from consumers such as from cookies, social media and customer surveys. This ‘big data’, made possible by AI, provides insight into user behaviour and can be employed to develop business strategies, reach new customers and promote new products.

Reportedly, the vast majority (91%) of consumers say they would choose to shop with brands that provide offers personalised to them. AI can enable this through data analysis and algorithm creation to better understand consumer behaviour.

In recent months, even the creative industries – so often aligned with nuance, creativity and critical thought – have begun to embrace AI. ChatGPT and other AI language models have been praised for their impressively detailed, human-like responses to random questions. This can assist with everything from research tasks to coding websites and copywriting.

Increasing demand for self service

From the refuelling forecourt to the retail sector, consumer demand for self-service models is glaringly apparent.

Queueing – once such a facet of British life – is becoming less appealing with 66% of UK shoppers agreeing that they prefer self-service checkouts at the point of payment as it makes shopping more efficient. This use of digital interfaces on the shop floor accelerates processes and can reduce overall queues and waiting times.

The hospitality sector has been similarly depersonalised – expedited in part by the coronavirus crisis. 80% of consumers agree that QR codes simply make life easier with some venues now choosing to let guests order food and drink through codes or an app, dispensing with the typical server-customer dynamic at tables. 

Transforming the property sector

Even property – a typically people-oriented sector – has the potential to be transformed by AI technology. AI can be used to pick up some of the heavy lifting when it comes to maximising opportunities for agents.

Using audience segmentation tools, agents can embrace personalisation principles and send out the appropriate messages to the right people at the right time and avoid their network unsubscribing from emails.

Automation can also be an effective tool in keeping agents compliant. Often, agents will have to take on compliance tasks themselves which can increase workload and the possibility of Anti-Money Laundering fines if not observed correctly. Automating these tasks with bespoke digital solutions can ensure processes don’t slip. A CRM for estate agents can simplify tasks significantly.

AI adoption can have a transformative impact across sectors and industries. Even in businesses which deal with typically traditional areas, automation can simplify mundane processes and free up more time for your experts to focus on providing services and maximising their effectiveness elsewhere.

Exploring Riding Rules and What Happens When You Crash with A Vehicle

The number of motorcycle crashes in Washington is trending upward, as 2022 recorded 125 fatal crashes in the state, with 514 injured. Even though it’s not a motorcycle hub, Federal Way has also recorded hit-and-run cases and several fatalities. A crash of any magnitude can be highly debilitating. Hence, you must consult experienced motorcycle accident lawyers to help build your case and defend your rights. If you or a loved one was involved in a motorcycle crash, a Federal Way motorcycle accident lawyer could help you seek restitution.

Riding Rules and the Aftermath of Crashes

Riding License

In most states, Washington included, riders must be 16 years or older and possess proper licensing. Beyond the age requirement, riders must also:

  • Demonstrate accurate vision – need to pass a vision test
  • Understand general traffic rules – must have passed a written exam
  • Know road rules – must have completed skill training
  • Riders who follow the rules and take proper precautions can also be involved in crashes due to other riders/drivers. However, your legal team can easily prove that you followed all regulations, expediting your financial restitution process.

Helmet Laws

The law requires all riders and passengers to wear a helmet. It must meet the minimum standards set by federal and state regulators and be made of firm material that can withstand impact. It must also have a chin or neck strap to keep the helmet in place when the bike is in motion. Riders must also wear goggles and a face shield so their vision remains unimpeded.

If you do not have adequate protection, the at-fault driver can shift the blame onto you. However, an experienced attorney can defend your case regardless because a missing helmet alone does not counterpoise careless driver actions such as over speeding and drunk drinking.

Equipment Requirements

Washington requires all motorcycles to have functioning left and right rear view mirrors. Even if your state doesn’t have this mandatory stipulation, having a mirror with a view of at least 200 feet behind can dramatically increase road safety.

If you are riding a bike without mirrors and get in a crash with a vehicle, the accused may plead a matter of comparative negligence. Given that Washington follows ‘shared negligence’ laws, the judge may reduce your damage compensation based on the negligence you contributed to the crash. That’s why always riding a bike fitted with mirrors is recommended.

Motorcycle-Specific Traffic Laws

Besides the mandatory laws for all vehicles, riders must also follow specific guidelines. For example, riders can only pass other vehicles on the right if there is a designated lane. Motorcyclists must use their headlights at all times, even during daylight hours.

Lights on the Bike

Motorcycle lighting rules vary, but all the states mandate riders to ensure their bikes have operational lights after sunset. These laws protect the riders and vehicle drivers on the road, improving visibility and reducing the risk of crashes.

Rules vary by state regarding the colours of the lights and turn signals. Some states require the tail lights to be red, while others require yellow. In most states, operators are prohibited from installing flashing lights, a feature reserved for police riders. If found guilty of using flashing lights, the law may interpret that as an attempt to impersonate an officer.

Generally, the headlights must be visible for up to 200 feet away. Backlights must be visible from at least 500 feet away. Some states make it illegal to buy or sell motorcycles that don’t have compliant lighting.

What to Do After a Motorcycle Accident

Get medical help

Getting to a safe spot as soon as possible is essential. Get away from the crash site and call for first aid. If no emergency responders are in sight, dial 911. If you’re in the middle of the road, get to the side. The medical lane is the designated area for emergency stops on the interstate. This is crucial because oncoming traffic can cause more hazards.

Document the scene

After a thorough medical check on-site, document the scene and take videos from every angle. Take pictures of your bike and its condition on the road. Take photos of the vehicle that hit you. Ensure to get all the dents and scratches. Some helpful additional to capture would be street names and signs. Don’t underestimate the importance of contextual information.

Acquire Information of the Other Party

Get the license, registration, and insurance details of the other party involved in the crash. This information is crucial for your legal team to process the restitution claim. If there were bystander witnesses, request their phone numbers and addresses, so your team could get in touch if the case goes to trial. Witness testimony can often make/break cases.

Call a lawyer

Once you’ve received adequate medical care, consult a lawyer to discuss your options. Give them all the information you’ve collected, and be honest about the context of the incident. Their legal advice will hinge on the information you provide. Misrepresenting the facts can derail your case down the road and end up with you incurring debt. Hence, it’s best to be forthcoming with your legal aid, as they must represent you once you’ve signed the contract.

7 Ways Hiring a Lawyer for a Wrongful Death Case Can Be Beneficial

Losing a loved one is depressing. It’s even more devastating when someone’s negligence or malicious intent causes their death. The Port of Milwaukee is important for global trade, but it increases truck traffic, which increases the risk of fatal motor vehicle accidents. Moreover, Wisconsin has high drunk driving rates, contributing to the city’s fatal car accident rate. Other common causes of fatal injuries in Milwaukee include ATV accidents, falls caused by property hazards, and accidental poisonings.

If you lose a loved one to someone else’s mistake in Milwaukee, you should talk to a Milwaukee wrongful death lawyer to help you file a wrongful death case.

While the law allows you to file a wrongful death case and represent your loved one, it’s best to leave it to the professionals. Below are seven reasons why you need a lawyer for a wrongful death case.

1. Time and Stress Savings

The period after a loved one’s death is depressing. It’s, therefore, not the best time for you to gather evidence, talk to witnesses, and even negotiate with the insurance company for a settlement.

When you hire an experienced wrongful death attorney, they will do all the work required for the case, giving you sufficient time to grieve. You can also rest assured that they will use their experience to get the compensation you deserve.

2. Increasing Your Settlement

If you file a wrongful death claim without an attorney, you might feel like you’re attaching a price to your loved one’s life. Additionally, since you’re in an emotional state of mourning, you might be unable to negotiate a good settlement with the insurance company.

A wrongful death attorney will use their experience to negotiate with the insurance company and ensure you receive the maximum settlement.

3. Access to Resources

While the state of Wisconsin allows you to file a wrongful death case and represent your loved one, you might end up losing the case because you don’t have access to the resources needed.

An experienced lawyer can access important case resources like witnesses, medical professionals, and investigators. They will use all these resources to build a robust case and ensure you get the compensation you deserve.

4. Assessment of Damages

A seasoned wrongful death attorney will have dealt with countless cases similar to yours. As a result, they might help you identify some damages that you might have left out and include them in your claim. This will result in higher compensation.

5. Expertise in The Legal Processes

Wisconsin has numerous wrongful death laws. Therefore, while some might seem easy to understand, only someone who’s studied and applied can interpret them appropriately and build a strong case.

A seasoned attorney will look at your case’s facts and advise you on the best legal processes to follow. For example, you have up to 3 years after the death of your loved one to file a wrongful death claim. However, if you’re not working with an attorney, you might not know about this law and wait past three years, forfeiting your right to compensation.

6. Finding Evidence

An experienced wrongful death attorney will ensure you have enough evidence if your case goes to trial. They will investigate the circumstances surrounding your loved one’s death and unearth additional details that could strengthen the case.

They do this by working with professionals from different fields, such as doctors, forensic scientists, and detectives, to find reliable evidence of wrongful death.

7. Reassurance

Hearing someone say something negative about your loved one after their death can be distressing. However, sometimes the insurance company’s attorneys might try to highlight the deceased’s flaws to try and assign some blame to them.

For instance, if your loved one died in a motorcycle accident, they might try to bring up past convictions of speeding or drunk driving to show that they might have been in the wrong.

However, your attorney can provide emotional support during such difficult times and reassure you that you’ll win the case.

In Summary

You should consider filing a wrongful death lawsuit if you’ve lost a loved one to someone’s mistake or malicious intent. However, while the state of Wisconsin allows you to file the claim yourself, you have higher chances of success with an experienced lawyer.

6 Forms of Technology That Are Streamlining Healthcare Provision in 2023 and Beyond

The healthcare industry is experiencing a major transformation with the introduction of new technologies. New technology is changing how we access and deliver healthcare services, from electronic health records to telemedicine.

It’s making it easier for patients to get care, reducing wait times, and streamlining processes like billing and insurance claims. Here are some of the most prominent forms of technology revolutionizing how we provide healthcare today.

1. Telemedicine Services

Telemedicine services are becoming increasingly popular in the healthcare industry. It allows patients to access medical consultations from home or office via video conferencing.

This eliminates the need for an in-person visit, saving time and money while still providing quality care. Telemedicine can be used for many tasks, including diagnosis, prescription management, and follow-up visits.

Telemedicine is also an effective tool for reaching underserved populations who may be unable to access traditional healthcare services due to geographic or financial barriers.

2. Wearable Technology

Wearable tech has become increasingly popular in the healthcare industry. These devices can track and measure patient data such as heart rate, blood pressure, and activity levels.

It allows patients to monitor their health in real time, allowing healthcare providers to quickly intervene when needed. In addition, wearable devices can be used to provide feedback on lifestyle changes that may improve overall health outcomes.

3. Artificial Intelligence

Artificial intelligence (AI) is being used to help streamline healthcare provision. AI-powered analysis systems can quickly and accurately diagnose medical conditions based on patient data.

This reduces the need for costly and time-consuming tests, speeding up diagnosis times. AI can also be used to generate insights from large amounts of data that would otherwise be difficult for humans to process.

These insights can provide valuable information about patient health, allowing healthcare providers to make more informed decisions when providing care.

4. Electronic Prescribing (e-prescribing)

E-prescribing is a system that allows physicians to send prescriptions electronically to the pharmacy, eliminating the need for handwritten scripts and phone calls. E-prescribing saves time and reduces paperwork for both patients and healthcare providers.

Additionally, it can help reduce medical errors associated with miscommunication or incorrect dosing.

5. Automated Medical Billing

Automated medical billing automates the process of submitting claims to insurance providers, eliminating manual paperwork and saving time. These systems also reduce errors associated with incorrect coding or data entry, resulting in faster payments and improved accuracy.

6. Electronic Health Records (EHRs)

One of the most significant advancements in healthcare technology is the implementation of electronic health records (EHRs). EHRs are digital versions of traditional paper records containing all patient medical information, such as diagnoses, medications, and test results.

EHRs, such as the software from iSalus, allow healthcare providers to access patient data quickly and easily, saving valuable time and resources.

Electronic health records also improve patient safety by reducing the likelihood of medical errors caused by illegible handwriting or lost paper records. Overall, EHRs are a critical technological advancement that is significantly streamlining healthcare provision.


Technology is changing the healthcare industry for the better, and many forms of new tech are streamlining healthcare provision.

These advancements, from electronic health records to automated medical billing, have saved time and resources while improving patient safety. Furthermore, telemedicine services provide access to care for underserved populations who may not be able to reach traditional healthcare services due to geographic or financial barriers.

With all of this in mind, it’s clear that technological developments will continue to play a vital role in modern-day healthcare delivery systems. By leveraging the power of technology, we can ensure more efficient and effective ways of providing quality care for everyone.

Looking For Your Next Career Step as a Nurse Practitioner?

After the Covid-19 pandemic, it’s become clearer than ever that medical professionals are the backbone of our society, whether we’re in the middle of a national health crisis or not. Understaffing led to serious burnout amongst many medical professionals, including nurse practitioners – and those who stayed can now command incredible wages for their work, helping to ensure that communities across the nation have access to high-quality medical care.

In particular, nurse practitioners are highly sought after, as they have the experience to seamlessly occupy a number of different positions within the medical industry. Nurse practitioners have the knowledge of a registered nurse plus additional training and clinical education; they may work as a generalist or in a specific practice area, such as psychiatry, paediatrics, oncology, or emergency care. Their focus on holistic healthcare, including preventing diseases at work and home, makes nurse practitioners invaluable as the American population ages and more individuals embrace a healthier lifestyle to avoid disease.

If you’re already a nurse practitioner or are looking to jump into this hot profession, which the US Bureau of Labour Statistics estimates will grow by 40% through to 2031, you’ve likely been using general job boards like LinkedIn, Indeed, or Monster to find your positions. While these are definitely a good place to start, they’re not the most comprehensive guide to industry-specific positions, as many hospital systems may not even consider using a job board that might attract applicants from outside the healthcare field. Today, we’ll discuss some of the benefits of using nurse practitioner job boards, as well as tips for how to stand out once you’ve applied.

You won’t have to wade through pages of irrelevant job listings

If you’ve trained as a nurse practitioner and would like to work in your field, it makes little sense to use a job board that hosts listings from every industry imaginable; even with the strictest filtering protocols, you’re bound to get numerous listings that have nothing to do with nursing. Worse yet, the jobs you do find might actually be scams, as there’s a lower threshold for quality with these more general job boards.

However, when you search through a career-specific job board, you’re guaranteed to find real job listings by legitimate hospital systems or private practices.

You’ll get more specific results

If you’re a nurse practitioner who has specialized in a particular subfield, you might be frustrated that you can’t easily search for your specialty on a general job board. If you add the title to your search, you might accidentally block out useful results that don’t have the exact label, because some hospital systems list their positions slightly differently.

On a career-specific job board, this isn’t a problem, because the jobs are categorized by profession and specialty. These websites are specifically set up to assist hospital systems and private practices find qualified healthcare professionals,

Many sites include helpful career advice and links to job fairs

Because industry-specific sites are made for healthcare professionals, they can provide specialized information regarding career advancements for nurse practitioners and others in the medical profession. Sites like Indeed or Glassdoor usually provide only general career advice, which may or may not be helpful to a nurse or doctor, but industry-specific job boards will have information tailored to your needs.

Get the most out of a nurse practitioner job board by following these tips

First, make sure that you work with a reputable job board. If you’re already a nurse practitioner, ask your colleagues if they used a career-specific job board to get this position and whether they found it useful. Look up the reputation of a career specific job board you use, making sure to note any particularly egregious complaints.

Input your CV so that it will autofill on listings to save you time, and be sure to upload a PDF version of your CV and cover letter so that its formatting will stay consistent.

Finally, sign up for job alerts if the website allows this. You’ll be able to quickly apply to positions as soon as they are made available, which boosts your chances of getting the job.

Career-specific job boards are a lifesaver for nurse practitioners seeking new employment. When you’re ready for your next position, skip the general job boards and get right to the heart of the matter by choosing a specialized website.

How to Start a Virtual Assistant Business in 2023

Saving time, reducing costs and extending customer reach are all crucial to the success of any small or medium sized business. Coupled with the increasing need for a career that provides absolute freedom and flexibility, the demand for virtual assistants has never been higher.

As of February 2023, there were around 4.39 million self-employed workers in the UK. With increasing numbers of workers chasing the elusive healthy work-life balance, the popularity of starting a virtual assistant business has gone from strength to strength in recent years.

What makes an excellent virtual assistant?

Many of us have come to rely on voice-controlled virtual assistants such as Google Assistant, Amazon Alexa and Siri to stay organised, informed, and safe. Well, the same goes for virtual assistant businesses being hired by forward-thinking business owners.

The best virtual assistants are:

  • Internet and computer savvy
  • Highly organised
  • Excellent multi-taskers
  • Calm problem-solvers
  • Great time-managers
  • Have a keen eye for detail
  • Reliable and honest
  • Kind and friendly
  • Motivational
  • Inspirational.

If this describes you, there’s never been a better time to start a virtual assistant business, offering services from calendar management and scheduling to improving your client’s caller experience with the Dialpad auto attendant feature.

If you like the idea of starting your own virtual assistant business this year but don’t know where to begin, here are six top tips to make your new career possible.

Find your niche

There are many avenues to go down when picking your niche. The important thing is to pick one and stick with it. Narrowing down the services you offer and the clients you work with, gives you less competition and more visibility, and lets you demand higher rates.

Social media management, customer service support, project management, book keeping and SEO skills are just a handful of the most in-demand virtual assistant niches in 2023.

Understand your target audience

So, you’ve chosen your niche, but who are you going to target? Entrepreneurs? Small businesses? Agencies? And will you work for one client or for multiple clients? Focusing on the most likely clients to require your services will help you streamline your marketing efforts and generate the most business leads.

Build your brand

A concise business plan will help you to clearly map out the future of your virtual assistant business. So, to begin building your brand, you must:

  • Name and register your business
  • Decide on the legal structure of the business (sole trader or partnership)
  • Explain how you will gain new clients 
  • Create a marketing strategy
  • Research operating costs and business insurance
  • Set financial goals
  • Set up a business bank account
  • Design a brand logo 
  • Choose the colours and font for your brand
  • Come up with a company slogan
  • Set up a website and social media profiles
  • Apply your branding across the business.


Invest in the latest virtual assistant technology

One of the best things about starting a virtual assistant business is that there’s very little outlay involved. When you’re starting out you just need a good quality desk, chair, computer/laptop, headphones, and a stable WiFi connection. 

However, there are useful modern virtual assistant business tools to consider. These include:

Virtual assistant business tools               

What are the benefits?

Time tracking management

– Increased productivity

– Effective project management
– Helps keep track of pricing

Video call online

– Boosts communication 

– Streamlines collaboration 

– Makes scheduling meetings easier

Invoicing and accounting apps

– Helps keep track of income & expenses

– Ensures bills are paid on time

– Better flexibility and savings

– More time to focus on business growth

Remote access tool (RAT)

– Complete control

– Quicker response times

– Reduced costs

Data streaming platform

– Access to real-time analytics

– Prevents losses & protects customer data

– Increases return on investment (ROI)

– Increases customer satisfaction

When researching and investing in virtual assistant business tools, consider attending an on-demand webinar or online training program to learn about the latest technology and techniques for optimizing your business.

You may also want to consider using client portal software, which allows you to securely share files, collaborate with clients, and manage project workflows all in one place.

Create a competitive virtual assistant pricing structure

The average hourly rate for a virtual assistant ranges from £15 – £35. This varies depending on your location, skills, and level of experience. 

As the demand for hiring virtual assistants increases, so does the pressure on perceptive VAs to be as competitive and open as possible. So, once you have your business plan and tools in place, it’s time to set out your pricing options.

Effective ways to set your rates as a virtual assistant include:

  • Do some market research to see what other virtual assistants charge.
  • Price your service at an hourly rate for ease.
  • Based on your hourly rate, offer discounts based on an hourly package.
  • Gauge how long a project will take by running a mock version of the work. Time how much data you can enter in 15 minutes and then multiply it to know how much can be done in an hour.
  • Once you know how long a specific task takes, create a service package at a flat fee each month for a specific service e.g. data entry.
  • Monthly retainers are a popular pricing option in the VA world. Providing a set fee each month no matter how much work is completed, monthly retainers give virtual assistants extra security on their income.
  • A one-off flat fee project is when you offer a single fixed fee for a service. Typically, these are the easiest for clients to understand exactly what they’re paying for.

Once your pricing structure is in place, you can construct a contract that clearly outlines the work involved, specific tasks required, the time contracted, payment terms, and more.

In addition to the traditional hourly-based payment model, some virtual assistants have started offering their services through a subscription business model, which can provide recurring revenue and greater predictability in cash flow.

Amplify your network to find more clients

Find your tribe by connecting with a network of fellow virtual assistants. Helping to showcase your skills and connect with potential clients, social media is an essential part of any successful virtual assistant business strategy nowadays.

With over 6,000 results for virtual assistant jobs in the UK alone, LinkedIn holds a wealth of benefits for virtual assistant start-ups. You can reach a much wider audience and raise your overall profile by building your Linkedin contacts. 

That said, it also pays to invest in a bit of research into more niche platforms. For example, virtual assistants looking for social media marketing work also rate freelance platforms such as Upwork, Fiverr, and Freelancer.

Reach your full potential by starting a virtual assistant business

The sharpest virtual assistants are putting these tips into practice to reap the widest range of benefits possible. And you can too! Finding your niche and keeping up with the latest virtual assistant business tools can do wonders for a virtual assistant company just starting out.

Navigating Dutch Business Culture: Advice for Expanding Your Business Operations to the Netherlands

Portrait of beautiful young woman standing with colleagues reading some documents in office. Business people in office reading their contract papers.

Around 400 companies each year set up their Business in the Netherlands, coming from Europe, North and South America, and Asia – and continues to be a place of choice for business expansion.

Expanding your business to the Netherlands brings with it plenty of excitement and opportunity. There are many good reasons to open an office in the Netherlands, whether in Amsterdam, Rotterdam, or any of the other amazing cities the country has to offer. If you decide to make the leap, ensure that you are fully compliant with local tax regulations, as well as outsourcing a Data Protection Officer role to a native Dutch speaker to ensure that you are fully compliant with GDPR in the country. In Dutch this is called ‘externe functionaris gegevensbescherming’. This, alongside all other business considerations should be taken very seriously in order for your business to be a success.

What are the tips you should take on board to navigate Dutch business culture when expanding your business to the Netherlands?

Why move your business to the Netherlands?

Many entrepreneurs and business owners have decided to open up their business to operate in the Netherlands in recent years, and with good reason. Here are just a few of the benefits of expanding your business to the Netherlands:

A good location – the Netherlands has fantastic trade links and transportation routes both within the country and out of it. To the west is the UK and Ireland within easy reach via the sea, road, rail and air, whilst links to the rest of Europe, Asia, and to every part of the globe is possible through its large ports and Amsterdam Schiphol Airport, which is an international travel hub.

Well-developed cities – an established and growing market awaits you, with well-developed cities such as Amsterdam, Rotterdam, Eindhoven, and The Hague, that all have great transport links between them and a market that is ripe for you to sell your products and services to.

A fantastic working population – the labour pool in the Netherlands is well-educated and highly-skilled within a wide variety of industries. The world class education system in the country has led to the development of a workforce eager to learn and with high standards of productivity and focus.

Easy migrant visas – the government issue work visas to a large number of people, enabling businesses to expand into the country whilst bringing certain numbers of existing staff to come with them.

Great tax incentives – the tax system is favourable to businesses in the Netherlands, with 15% statutory corporate income tax on the first €395,000 of profits and 25.8% on the next €395,000. The transparency of the benefits to incoming businesses makes it attractive, with 30% personal income tax advantages for skilled foreign workers.

What are the specific parts of Dutch business culture you need to know?

There are a few key parts of Dutch business culture that are very important. We’ll break it down into different sections below so you can see exactly what to expect and what is expected from you when conducting business in the Netherlands. The biggest thing though, across all aspects of Dutch life is punctuality. Dutch people are always on time for any type of meeting. If you are late, you will not build relationships.

Business meetings – there are a few key ones here, including the punctuality mentioned above. Always shake hands with every person in the room when arriving, expect business talk to start right away, and don’t waste any time during the meeting. Dutch people expect any proposals to be backed up with concrete facts and figures, so always be fully prepared before bringing up a potential thread of conversation.

A task-oriented society – you’ll find that many Dutch people don’t find it a necessary part of business life to create personal relationships with counterparts before conducting business. A business relationship is often kept formal and does not bleed into the personal lives of people who interact with each other daily as part of their work life. You can become friends with your Dutch colleagues but generally they will only do this if there is no potential negative impact on business.

There are a few steps you need to work through when expanding your business in the Netherlands. It is an extremely welcoming place to conduct business, with ample available and flexible workspaces to choose from, enticing tax incentives for a wide range of businesses and sectors, and a working population that is well motivated, highly educated and skilled, and always ready to learn more. Add in the great transport and logistics within the country itself, to wider Europe and the World, and you can see why it is such a popular choice of country when it comes to expanding businesses, especially from British firms looking to plug back into the EU market post-Brexit. As long as you follow the local rules and laws, ensure compliance with GDPR, and understand the specific business culture of the Dutch people, you can make a success of expanding into the country with your company.

10 Steps to Take to Start Your Own Trucking Business

Starting your own trucking company offers a unique opportunity to carve out a niche in the ever-expanding transportation and logistics industry. As an owner, you can enjoy the freedom of being your own boss while reaping the benefits of meeting rising demands for shipping services.

Launching a successful trucking business can lead to financial stability and consistent growth, but you need the right advice to scale. Otherwise, your company may fail at the starting line.

10 Steps to Take to Start a Successful Trucking Business

In this guide, we’ll explore ten essential steps you need to take to begin building your own thriving trucking enterprise. By the end of this article, you should be ready to get started.

1. Create a Business Plan

Begin by drafting a solid business plan that outlines your goals, target customers, and strategies for growth. This will serve as your roadmap to success and help attract potential investors. A well-drafted business plan can also serve as collateral when you want to borrow money.

2. Choose a Legal Structure

Determine the best legal structure for your trucking business, such as sole proprietorship, partnership, or corporation. Register the company name with your state’s Secretary of State office. As a rule, most trucking companies start as LLCs and eventually become corporations.

3. Find Financing Options

Explore various financing options like small business loans or private investments to cover initial costs such as trucks, insurance, and operating expenses. If you already have an Employer ID Number (EIN), you can open up a business bank account and start building business credit.

4. Purchase or Lease Trucks

As a rule, you should buy one or more trucks for your business. As you start to scale, you can add a fleet and more employees. Check out platforms like when shopping for reliable used trucks, or explore leasing options that best fit your budget and operational needs.

5. Obtain Necessary Permits and Licenses

Apply for the required permits and licenses, including a USDOT number and Motor Carrier Operating Authority (MC Number). Keep in mind that these regulations may vary by state. If you want to drive your truck to Canada from the United States, you’ll need to get an IRP tag.

6. Secure Insurance Coverage

Research different insurance providers in order to secure the appropriate amount of coverage for liability protection and cargo coverage based on federal regulations and client requirements. Depending on your offerings, you may be able to offer protection insurance directly to clients.

7. Establish Pricing Strategy

Develop a competitive pricing strategy by analyzing market rates and estimating expenses accurately. You’ll want to make sure your pricing scheme is fair for you and the customers. There are several strategies to choose from, but the most common are competition-based.

8. Build a Strong Marketing Presence

Build a professional website showcasing your services and launch social media profiles to engage with potential customers actively. Networking within the industry can also open doors for new clients. Consider creating targeted, well-made content to promote your business offerings.

9. Employee Training and Safety Measures

Implement ongoing employee training programs focused on driver safety and compliance with transportation laws/regulations. If you’re not comfortable training your staff in-house, sign them up for a course at a local college. Ineffective training programs can put everyone’s life at risk.

10. Monitor Performance Regularly

Regularly review your financial reports to ensure your business remains profitable. Marketing metrics like key performance indicators (KPIs) will allow you to make informed decisions about scaling operations effectively while maintaining healthy profitability margins over time.

In Conclusion…

Taking the initiative to start your own trucking business can be rewarding and exciting. By following these ten steps and remaining diligent in your planning, marketing, and customer service, you’ll be well on your way to launching a profitable venture in this high-demand industry.

Why Every Entrepreneur Should Invest In A Gold IRA

In the face of enduring global challenges, it’s become crystal clear that financial literacy is not just a luxury but a necessity. The unpredictability of the current economic landscape has spurred entrepreneurs worldwide to seek out robust financial strategies to safeguard their future.

Among the diverse array of investment options, the Gold Individual Retirement Account (IRA) is emerging as a beacon for savvy business owners. This unconventional retirement pathway allows investors to bolster their portfolios with physical assets such as gold, serving as a bulwark against the vicissitudes of economic instability.

This article will delve deeper into the compelling reasons why a Gold IRA might be a worthwhile consideration for entrepreneurs, starting with the basics.

Decoding Gold IRA

A Gold IRA is a self-directed individual retirement account (IRA) that allows investors to hold physical gold or other approved precious metals as investments. Unlike traditional IRAs that invest in stocks, bonds, or mutual funds, a Gold IRA diversifies an investor’s portfolio by adding tangible assets.

To initiate a Gold IRA, an investor needs to open an account with a custodian who is responsible for overseeing the account and facilitating transactions. The investor then procures approved gold or other precious metals from a dealer, and these assets are preserved in a secure, insured repository. Gold IRAs fall under the same tax advantages and withdrawal regulations as traditional IRAs, offering long-term retirement savings with an extra level of diversification and protection.

But before you take the plunge, it’s prudent to invest some time in researching and comparing different custodians and the fees on a Gold IRA. This comprehensive guide to Gold IRA is an invaluable resource that can help you make an informed decision. 

Diversifying Your Portfolio

One of the primary reasons entrepreneurs should invest in a Gold IRA is to diversify their investment portfolio. By allocating a portion of your retirement savings to gold, you can reduce the overall risk of your investments.

Gold has historically demonstrated a low correlation with traditional asset classes such as stocks and bonds, making it an ideal diversification tool. As such, investing in gold can help entrepreneurs balance their portfolios, minimize risk, and potentially maximize returns.

Hedging Against Inflation

Inflation is a silent yet powerful force that can weaken your money’s purchasing power over time. Gold, however, has a long-standing reputation as an effective hedge against inflation.

Unlike paper currency, gold maintains its intrinsic value, which is why its price tends to rise when inflation increases. By including gold in their retirement savings, entrepreneurs can protect their wealth and preserve their purchasing power, even during periods of high inflation.

Shielding Against Market Volatility

Market volatility is a reality that entrepreneurs must contend with, especially when investing in stocks, bonds, and other traditional financial instruments. In times of economic uncertainty, gold has proven to be a reliable safe-haven asset.

As a tangible commodity with a finite supply, gold’s value tends to remain stable or even increase during financial crises and market downturns. This stability makes a Gold IRA an attractive investment option for entrepreneurs looking to safeguard their retirement savings amidst market fluctuations.

Maintaining Privacy And Control

Entrepreneurs often value their privacy and financial independence. A Gold IRA offers an added layer of privacy compared to traditional retirement accounts, as gold holdings are not reported to the IRS unless specific transactions are made. This confidentiality allows entrepreneurs to maintain more control over their investments and financial future.

Additionally, a Gold IRA provides flexibility in terms of investment choices. Investors can opt for physical gold in coins or bars or choose gold-related financial products such as exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and mining stocks. This range of investment options allows entrepreneurs to tailor their Gold IRA to suit their unique financial goals and risk tolerance.

Long-Term Wealth Preservation

Another compelling reason for entrepreneurs to invest in a Gold IRA is the potential for long-term wealth preservation. Gold has been valued for centuries, with a consistent demand that spans various cultures and periods. This enduring value stems from gold’s limited supply, inherent beauty, and myriad industrial and technological applications.

By incorporating gold into their retirement savings, entrepreneurs can benefit from the metal’s long-term value preservation, helping them build a lasting financial legacy for themselves and their families. This long-term wealth preservation strategy can provide entrepreneurs with peace of mind, as their hard-earned money is invested in an asset that maintains its value over time.

Bottom Line

Investing in a Gold IRA is a strategic move for entrepreneurs seeking to secure their financial future. Business owners can enjoy the numerous benefits of owning gold by diversifying their portfolios, hedging against inflation, shielding their investments from market volatility, maintaining privacy and control, and preserving long-term wealth.

The Importance of a Personal Injury Attorney

Suffering an injury due to someone else’s negligence can be a devastating experience, both physically and emotionally. In such situations, hiring a personal injury lawyer is crucial to protecting your rights and securing fair compensation. This attorney specialises in handling legal claims arising from accidents, ensuring that victims receive the justice they deserve. Let’s look at the key reasons why you need an injury attorney, emphasizing their role in navigating the complex legal landscape and maximizing your chances of a successful outcome.

Legal Expertise and Knowledge 

Personal injury laws are intricate and vary from state to state. A skilled personal injury lawyer hallandale beach possesses in-depth knowledge of the legal system, relevant statutes, and case precedents. They are familiar with the complex procedures involved in filing a claim, gathering evidence, and negotiating with insurance companies. By leveraging their expertise, an attorney can evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of your case, advise you on the applicable laws, and devise a strategic plan to pursue your claim effectively.

Thorough investigation and collection of evidence 

Building a solid case requires a comprehensive investigation and collection of evidence. An attorney has the necessary resources to conduct a thorough investigation, including gathering witness statements, obtaining accident reports, analysing medical records, and consulting with experts, if needed. By meticulously compiling relevant evidence, an attorney strengthens your case and increases the likelihood of achieving a favourable settlement or succeeding at trial.

Objective Case Evaluation 

After an accident, emotions run high, making it difficult to assess the true value of your claim. Attorneys provide objective evaluations of your case based on their experience and legal understanding. They consider various factors, such as medical expenses, lost wages, pain and suffering, and long-term consequences of the injury, to determine the appropriate compensation. This objective assessment helps you avoid settling for less than you deserve and provides realistic expectations regarding the potential outcome of your claim.

Skilful Negotiation and Settlement

Insurance companies employ teams of skilled adjusters and lawyers whose primary goal is to minimize the amount they pay in compensation. Engaging in direct negotiations with these professionals without legal representation puts you at a significant disadvantage. An attorney understands the tactics employed by insurance companies and has honed their negotiation skills to secure fair settlements. They advocate on your behalf, effectively countering the strategies employed by the opposing party and maximizing your chances of receiving appropriate compensation.

Litigation Representation

While many personal injury claims are settled through negotiations, some cases may require litigation. In such instances, having a knowledgeable attorney by your side is crucial. An experienced attorney understands the complexities of court proceedings, including filing deadlines, legal requirements, and courtroom etiquette. They craft persuasive arguments, present evidence convincingly, and navigate the intricate legal process, ensuring that your rights are protected and your case is effectively presented before a judge and jury.

In conclusion, injured individuals should not underestimate the importance of hiring a personal injury lawyer Hallandale beach. From providing legal expertise and conducting thorough investigations to skilful negotiation and litigation representation, these legal professionals play a pivotal role in securing fair compensation and ensuring justice for accident victims. By enlisting the services of a personal injury attorney, you can navigate the complex legal landscape with confidence, knowing that your rights are protected and your best interests are being pursued.

How to Showcase Expertise to Grow Your Visibility Online

In 2023, it’s not possible to operate a successful business and not have an online presence. But today, search engines are looking for more than just a website that you update every now and then. Google expects businesses to showcase their expertise and build authority online, which is needed to attract customers, improve rankings and increase conversions. 

The Value of Sharing Your Expertise

Traditional marketing often fails because people today are more discerning; they want more detail when making purchasing decisions or working with one business over another. Customers today have higher expectations for the organizations they work with and the content those businesses are publishing. They want expert perspectives and proof that businesses can deliver on the claims they’re making. To stay competitive online, you need to maintain high standards and ensure that your website serves as a resource for high quality content. 

One of the most important factors for Google right now is meeting its E-E-A-T guidelines, which stands for Experience, Expertise, Authoritativeness and Trustworthiness. This instructs quality rates on how to evaluate the expertise of the content creator and while it’s not a definitive ranking factor, it can help to improve traffic because Google will see your site as a resource. But while you may well be an authority in your respective industry, how do you transfer that expertise to your online presence? Here are a few tips to ensure the content you’re publishing meets the right standard and showcases you and your business in the right light. 

Let Visitors get to Know Your Team

An ‘About Us’ page doesn’t just humanize your business, but it also fosters familiarity and trust. Your audience wants to know that you have the qualifications, experience and knowledge to provide them with the solutions they’re looking for, and by extension, Google looks to sites that can deliver this proof so it knows your site is a valuable resource. 

“Search engines are more likely to reward content with higher rankings if they can trust the source”, explains Justin Aldridge, Technical Director at Artemis Marketing, “If the author is a known person, known to Google as someone who has expertise in a certain field, then it’s more likely that this content will rank above “anonymous” content”. It’s a good idea to not only create an informative ‘About Us’ page but also feature author bios at the end of blogs that further highlight the expertise the writer has on the topic in question. 

Distribute High Value Content

Not all content is created equal and when it comes to highlighting your knowledge, the more valuable resources you can create, the better. Be intentional about the content you create and how it might reflect the expertise you’ve accumulated over the years. From top tips and ideas you can share with your audience to practical strategies and workshops, you want to make each piece of content on your site as informative and helpful to the reader as possible. 

Maybe you host Live Q&As on social media, which you can then record and upload to your website; perhaps you guest post on other sites or create monthly newsletters with valuable insights. Whichever format you choose, think about how the advice you’ve gleaned from years of working in your industry can be packaged up for your audience as a resource they can use and share. 

Keep Active on Social Media

The amount of time we spend on social media has steadily increased over the years, and it’s now a large part of how many of us spend our day. A strong social media following creates an online community of people who can vouch for your business, your knowledge and raise awareness of what you have to offer. In fact, the very fact that we have influencers now is evidence of just how valuable we find the information expressed by content creators online. 

For those looking to make more of an impact online and use their knowledge to gain visibility, social media could just be the perfect platform. In addition to creating useful content, you also want to engage with your followers and answer questions they may have in the comments, guest post on industry pages and join groups on the likes of Facebook and LinkedIn. 

Optimize for your Expertise

If someone is looking for an expert on a particular topic or a resource to help them resolve an issue, one of the first places they’ll go is Google, and when they search they’ll use specific terms to find what they’re looking for. Optimizing your site to drive more targeted traffic, based on these terms, can make you and your business easier to find online. For example, if you’re a career coach and have a wealth of expertise in this area, targeting keywords such as ‘career coach’ or ‘career coach in [location]’ can make it easier for people to find you and the knowledge you have to offer. 

Ultimately, SEO can help ensure your content is reaching as wide an audience as possible and that the people who need to see it can find it easily. Optimizing blogs, web pages and your social media posts with the right keywords and phrases will get your voice and your brand out there and makes it very clear to those who find it what your area of expertise is. 

One of many drivers for directing quality inbound traffic to your website, showcasing your expertise can help to develop stronger brand awareness and bring in higher quality leads to your site. By sharing your expertise, you’re making it clear to your audience and to Google why you’re an authority in your industry and why people should engage with your organization. 

Providing evidence of your expertise is crucial to attracting customers, getting ahead of the competition and increasing your online visibility, but it’s an ongoing task. As your skills and experience in your industry continues to grow, you need to stay on top of updating author bylines and continuing to push out fresh content that will maintain your authority and keep you at the forefront of your sector. 

Avoid Making These Common Small Business Mistakes

All business owners make mistakes, whether they’re new business owners or seasoned professionals in charge of multi-million-dollar corporations. While everyone is capable of making mistakes, that doesn’t mean you can’t avoid certain ones by being well-informed. The more you learn as a small business owner, the easier it might be for you to avoid making some of these common mistakes:

Not Receiving Professional Advice

If you want to avoid painful business mistakes, aligning yourself with business experts is an excellent place to begin. Many new business owners want to save money when they launch their business for the first time, so they forgo enlisting the services of lawyers, accountants, and business mentors.

While these professionals can cost money, they might also save you a considerable amount of money with their helpful knowledge and advice. You might also rely on them to take care of a number of tasks that can be overwhelming for the average new owner, such as obtaining employer tax numbers, drafting employment offers, establishing budgets, and choosing abusiness structure.

Not Paying Attention to Your Competition

What our neighbors are doing is of no concern to us. Unless, of course, those neighbors are your competitors. While you might be more than satisfied with currentbusiness growth, your profit margins, and your customer base, there’s no harm in checking out how your competition is doing, any changes they’re making, and what their everyday operations look like. Competition keeps us on our toes, and when we know what they’re doing, we can do our best to stay one step ahead of them.

Spending Too Much Money

Starting a new business can be exciting, especially when you get to use your savings or a business loan to turn a premises into a perfect store or office. However, it’s important to remember that every business needsworking capital.

While it’s tempting to purchase new furniture, vehicles, stock, and machinery all at once, think about your current operating costs and how you’ll afford to cover them. Instead, purchase goods slowly and as your business starts turning a profit. You might also like to consider leasing business vehicles and machinery, rather than purchasing them outright.  

Not Prioritizing Marketing

When you’re passionate about your products and services, it’s easy to assume that everyone else will be too, and that you’ll have a line out your door from day one. However, that’s rarely the case. Marketing can be crucial for building and maintaining a loyal following.

Even before your store opens, consider contacting a marketing company to assist with advertising options for an official launch. You might also look atmarketing tools to help you master social media marketing, search engine marketing, and email marketing.

Working Alone

Even if you came up with the idea for your business and launched it on your own, that doesn’t mean you need to work alone and manage everything yourself. Being a business owner can be hard, and it’s easy to burn yourself out with long working hours. Rely on friends and family for support, consider looking for a business mentor, and hire staff to share the load.

Everyone makes mistakes, and there’s potential for you to make some of these common ones above. However, being aware of them might mean you stand a good chance of avoiding them and seeing your business thrive.

Training Video Production: What You Need to Know

From brands migrating online and working teams switching to a remote-first approach—to the world’s top-rated universities launching online courses for international students, the value of e-learning tools becomes more evident from day to day.

And even though you have yet to leverage online education programs at your company, it doesn’t mean the approach can’t multiply your profits (or at least save your budgets) right away.

Think of engaging onboarding tours for your clients that reveal your product’s hidden advantages and turn impressed customers into brand ambassadors. Consider resources you can save by creating and sharing an educational series for employees dedicated to efficient online office space or digital data protection. And don’t forget about training videos as an excellent way to collect unique knowledge from your current team—with a later possibility to share them with newcomers and scale your projects!

Intrigued? So let’s dive into training video production to see what you need to create one for your clients or employees. 

What is a training video?

A training video is a content created for online or blended education purposes.

A good video of a training type should speed up the learning process, make it more efficient in terms of understanding and memorizing information, and turn the overall education process scalable—be it a traditional university course on ancient literature, civil rights explainers for people heading to elections, or half-practical training for employees dedicated to non-toxic behaviour.

A training video may take various forms, with a one-minute narrow subject-specific film on the one side of a spectrum and a 10-hours series that audiences should watch for weeks.

Like classic offline training, one based on training videos often ends with tests or other activities to check what students learned. This part is also critical for further training video production, as it helps to understand what visual or storytelling approaches worked well for specific audiences.

Critical aspects of training video production

Video production requires time and budget; it’s better to have a clear view of what you need and how to get there before the creative process starts (pre-production stage).

At Blue Carrot, a training animation studio with years of experience, we recommend you start by defining your initial purpose of creating a video. What goals you’d like to reach with your training? Who is your target audience? What’s your subject, and what ideas are you planning to share? Look for references online to better understand what your training video content may look like.

Consider that several factors influence production budget and timing: the complexity of your subject, video style and length, and additional requirements you may have (like live shooting integration featuring a well-known expert in your field).

In turn, sound design influences the final cost less. And clear communication between a production team and your representatives may lead to fewer edits in the late production stages and save you some money.

An essential difference between a typical explainer or promo video script and one for a training video is that the least should be developed in highly close cooperation with a client’s subject-matter experts (SMEs). That’s why it is always advantageous to have your basic educational materials organized in advance.

Final thoughts

Training video production is a good step you make take to turn your corporate learning processes into more efficient, scalable, and standardized ones.

Consider that training videos require a thoughtful approach to the pre-production stage (business needs clarification, defining the depth of knowledge, outlining target audience profiles, etc.) and prepared materials you’d like to dedicate your course to—with both aspects making it easier for you to set a realistic production budget and training release date.

If it’s your first experience launching a video-based course, start by looking for a reliable production partner—with a portfolio featuring videos similar to what you want to get at the end.

Acquisition International is Proud to Announce the Winners of the 2023 Business Excellence Awards

United Kingdom, May 2023: Leading B2B publication, Acquisition International, has launched the 2023 edition of the Business Excellence Awards.

Now in its ninth year, the Business Excellence Awards are truly the cornerstone of Acquisition International’s annual celebratory programmes. Awards Coordinator Holly Blackwood commented on eve of the announcement: “This programme gives us a fantastic reason to celebrate those businesses and individuals who are shaking up the corporate landscape. They are each on an upward trajectory to unrivalled success as they continue to innovate their industries for everyone to benefit. Congratulations to each and every one of our winners.”

Business Excellence is defined by those not only looking to improve their operations, but those who are actively taking part in building business to have a positive impact on the world. With client service at their core, they each offer expertise, innovation, and fruitful visions with a pathway to success for the future. We are proud to announce our 2023 winners as they elevate our experience of business.

Acquisition International prides itself on its awards and winners. The awards are given solely on merit and are awarded to commend those most deserving for their ingenuity and hard work. To learn more about our award winners and to gain insight into the working practices of the “best of the best,” please visit the Acquisition International website where you can access the winners supplement.





About Acquisition International Magazine

Acquisition International, is an international, monthly digital business magazine committed to bringing its readers up to the minute news, comment and analysis. As the voice of modern business, here at AI we are dedicated to delivering vital updates to our corporate readers so that they remain ahead of the curve.

Acquisition International launched in 2010, and has, over the years, evolved into a business title that professionals rely on to bring them the business knowledge, insight and news they need. Each month our magazine is circulated to in-excess of 85,000 professionals, including Top Tier Managers, Investment Professionals, Business Advisers and Service Providers.

About AI Global Media

Acquisition International is brought to you by AI Global Media Ltd, a UK based B2B publishing house dedicated to delivering content you can trust. AI Global Media value each and every client, reader, contributor, follower and advertiser equally. The team work hard to ensure that each brand offers maximum value and provides a unique resource for all those engaged with it.

AI Global Media is a member of The CPD Certification Service or CPD. Our CPD membership profile page can be viewed here. Each monthly issue of Acquisition International is CPD accredited, meaning that readers can gain CPD points through reading and absorbing the content. Many professionals receiving our magazines are required to maintain continuing professional development, which is achieved by gaining CPD points on an on-going basis. As such, our magazines are a vital tool for our advertisers, readers and contributors alike.

How to Make Sure AI Works for Your Business

By Pete Hanlon, CTO at MONEYPENNY

According to 2022 statistics from the government, there are 5.5 million SMEs in the UK making up 99% of the total business population. They are the backbone of a healthy economy and generate growth and employment opportunities.

AI has the potential to revolutionise how these SMEs operate. Pete Hanlon, Group CTO at Moneypenny, is an advocate of embracing AI technology to accelerate people, business and the technology itself. Below, he answers some of the burning questions surrounding the use of this game-changing technology:

How can AI help SMEs become more efficient?

There are many ways AI can help businesses of all shapes and sizes. It can help with everything from repetitive tasks, for example to predictive analytics, finding trends in noisy and complex data and pulling out those small nuggets of information that were previously hidden in the noise or analysing large amounts of data to identify anomalies, for example, in identifying fraud or security threats.
For SMEs, however, AI can be a powerful tool in customer experience. From using chatbots to provide a timely and seamless service to automated support tickets and order confirmations, AI can help to create a more efficient customer experience, driving growth and loyalty. Al can also be used to personalise the customer experiences by analysing customer behaviour, purchase history and preferences to improve your customer’s experience. In addition to this, SMEs can also use AI to help them to create the content, based on analysis of what performs best, like product descriptions.
Please note in all of this, that people are an essential component of checking the AI and in its potential.

Where should you start when considering introducing AI into the business?

You need to start by trying to understand where AI can have the most impact. Look for areas where your business is experiencing pain points around manual and repetitive tasks, where there are high error rates or where processes is too slow. 
Determine if your business has the necessary data and volume of data to support an AI based solution. Be clear on the business objective you’re trying to solve through AI, is it cost reduction, improved experience, or efficiency. 
Evaluate AI solutions to see if they can help with the pain points you identified. Once a solution has been identified create a plan with a clear set of success metrics and ensure your train and educate your teams on the new technology. Often introducing AI will be a big cultural shift for a business so it’s important that you take your people on the journey and explain how the technology will help.

Can AI really revolutionise how you do things?

When evaluating AI solutions, it easy to get caught up in the amazing things the technology can do but it’s also important to understand its limitations. First, review case studies of other businesses that have used the technology successfully and ideally talk to them about the challenges they faced. Ensure there are no regulatory issues impacting your use of the technology and understand your responsibilities in this space. Make sure you have a robust set of test criteria that you use to test how the technology works for edge cases. If your use of AI is complex, seek out expert advice that can give insight into the technology and ensure it’s right for you.

What role will AI play in the business of tomorrow?

It’s unclear where the AI journey will take us but what is clear is that businesses that adopt AI now will be best placed to take advantage of new capabilities as they are created. Businesses that are open to digital transformation and are agile enough to pivot and adapt as the technology evolves will benefit the most. AI will help businesses to be faster decision makers, more cost effective and more resilient to change.
It’s important to remember that if a business can’t afford the time and money to buy in AI, or other tech services, it could consider outsourcing to a company that provides this tech and knowledge.  For example, our Moneypenny products are tailored specifically to what a business needs and large number of our clients would never have access to this communication technology on their own, but we’re providing this access every day.

What impact will AI have on the security of my business and supply chain?

AI is already having a huge impact on business security and the supply chain. It is being used to improve threat detection, identifying potential security threats in real-time such as cyber-attacks and data security. Processing streams of data in real-time to identify and classify anomalies such as sensitive data being accessed that could indicate a security breach. Increasingly AI is being developed to pro-actively block inbound attacks and to learn during an attack so that it can better protect a business from a cyber threat.
AI is also being used to optimise the supply chain by providing real-time visibility and predictive analysis of inventory levels, shipments, and deliveries. Helping businesses to be lean while reducing the risk of running a just in time supply chain.

The ethics of AI: what do you need to do to have the right checks and balances in place?

It is important to take the time to reflect on the ethics and impact of AI to ensure that it benefits everyone. While it is easy to focus on the positive aspects of AI, it is equally important to consider unintended consequences that may arise. Ideally you should have a person or group within your company to oversee AI initiatives. This group should evaluate projects based on a set of principles, including transparency, privacy, fairness, and the potential for discrimination and bias. They will be responsible for ensuring that any AI initiatives align with the company’s values and expectations, and that relevant regulators are informed and give their approval for the project.

How do you find the sweet spot between people and tech?

You can find the AI sweet spot by identifying initiatives that help to remove repetitive and mundane tasks or help to supercharge your staff through efficiency gains and insight. If the AI is helping your people to work on more fulfilling tasks or they are performing their jobs at a higher level with the use of AI, you’ve nailed it.
At Moneypenny, AI and our people work hand in hand: we’re developing communications technologies including AI and deep learning technologies to increase the efficiency of our teams who handle calls, live chats and digital communications for thousands of companies in the UK and US, across multiple sectors.  For example, we’re working with tech giants including Microsoft, Nvidia, Twilio and Jabra to enhance the customer communication experience for both employees and clients.  Using the very latest technologies allows us to develop solutions that provide an understanding of intent and sentiment and can propose best actions for the PAs to use within live chat for example, for maximum efficiency. 
SMEs need to embrace the potential, and see the amazing places this technology could take us. The technology cannot get there without a vital missing component: people. And people cannot get there as efficiently without technology. People will accelerate the technology, and technology will accelerate the people, sending business on a sustainable growth trajectory whilst at the same time also doing better business.

Managing Your Canadian Payroll: How to Avoid Penalties and Fines – 2023 Guide

As an employer in Canada, managing your payroll accurately and efficiently is essential to ensure compliance with the country’s complex tax and labour laws.

Failing to meet your payroll obligations can lead to penalties and fines, potentially harming your business’s financial health and reputation. In this 2023 guide, we will provide valuable insights on how to avoid such penalties and fines, helping you to accurately perform Canada payroll.

Before delving into the details, it is crucial to have a solid understanding of your payroll obligations as an employer in Canada. These obligations include calculating and deducting payroll taxes, making the necessary contributions to government programs, remitting the deducted amounts to the appropriate authorities, and issuing accurate and timely pay statements to employees.

To avoid penalties and fines, it is crucial to ensure accurate payroll calculations. This includes calculating the correct deductions for income tax, Canada Pension Plan (CPP) contributions, Employment Insurance (EI) premiums, and other applicable deductions. Utilizing reliable payroll software or engaging the services of a professional payroll provider can streamline this process and minimize the risk of errors.

Meeting tax reporting deadlines is vital to avoid penalties. Employers must file various tax forms, such as the T4 and T4A slips, to report employees’ income and deductions. These forms must be submitted to the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) by the designated deadlines. Being aware of these deadlines and having an efficient system in place to prepare and submit the required forms is essential.

Another critical aspect of managing your Canadian payroll is remitting the deductions withheld from employees’ wages to the appropriate authorities. These deductions include income tax, CPP contributions, and EI premiums. Failing to remit these amounts on time can result in penalties and interest charges. To avoid such penalties, it is crucial to stay up to date with remittance deadlines and promptly remit the deducted amounts.

In addition to tax obligations, employers must also comply with various labor standards to avoid penalties and fines. These standards encompass areas such as minimum wage requirements, vacation entitlements, statutory holidays, and overtime pay. Familiarize yourself with the labor standards specific to your province or territory to ensure full compliance.

Maintaining accurate payroll records is essential for both compliance and effective payroll management. Ensure you keep detailed records of employees’ wages, deductions, remittances, and any other payroll-related information. These records should be readily accessible and retained for the prescribed period, typically six years. Accurate and well-organized records will help you respond to any inquiries from tax authorities and ensure compliance during audits.

Managing your Canadian payroll effectively is crucial to avoid penalties and fines. By understanding your payroll obligations, accurately calculating deductions, meeting tax reporting deadlines, remitting deductions promptly, complying with labour standards, and maintaining accurate records, you can minimize the risk of penalties and fines. Stay updated on the latest regulations and consider utilizing payroll software or professional services to streamline your payroll processes.

The Dos and Don’ts of Interacting with Insurance Companies After a Personal Injury

Law theme, mallet of the judge, law enforcement officers, evidence-based cases, and documents taken into account.

Personal injury accidents can be a traumatic experience for anyone involved. From car accidents to slip and falls, the emotional, physical, and financial strain can be overwhelming.

In such circumstances, many individuals turn to their insurance companies for assistance. However, dealing with insurance companies can be tricky, and one must know the dos and don’ts to ensure they receive the compensation they deserve. Dealing with insurance companies can be overwhelming, especially when you’re recovering from injuries sustained in an accident. Hiring a Beverly Hills personal injury attorney can help ease the burden and ensure that you receive the compensation you deserve. An attorney can handle negotiations with the insurance company on your behalf, ensuring that you receive a fair settlement.

DO Contact Your Insurance Company Immediately After the Accident

The first and most crucial step after a personal injury accident is to contact your insurance company. Doing so will allow them to start investigating the incident and start processing your claim. You should provide them with accurate and detailed information about the accident, including any injuries you sustained, the date and time of the accident, and the names and contact information of any witnesses.

DON’T Give a Recorded Statement Without Consulting a Personal Injury Attorney

While it may seem like a good idea to provide a recorded statement to your insurance company, it’s advisable to avoid doing so without consulting with a personal injury attorney first. Your words may be used against you later, and the insurance adjuster may try to manipulate your words to diminish or deny your claim.

DO Document Everything

Documentation is essential when it comes to personal injury claims. Make sure to keep track of all medical bills, doctor’s appointments, and other expenses related to the accident. Additionally, take photos of any damages or injuries sustained, as well as the accident scene. This documentation will help strengthen your case and ensure that you receive the compensation you deserve.

DON’T Accept the First Offer

Insurance companies may try to offer a quick settlement to close the case as soon as possible. However, the first offer may not always be the best offer. Before accepting any settlement offer, consult with a personal injury attorney to ensure that the offer is reasonable and fair.

DO Seek Medical Attention

Even if you don’t think your injuries are severe, it’s essential to seek medical attention immediately after an accident. Some injuries may not be immediately apparent, and delaying treatment can worsen your condition. Additionally, seeing a doctor will provide you with documented evidence of your injuries and will help strengthen your claim.

DON’T Sign Any Documents Without Consulting with an Attorney

Before signing any documents, read them carefully and make sure you understand what you are agreeing to. If you have any doubts, it’s best to consult with a personal injury attorney before signing. Insurance companies may try to include clauses that can limit your ability to pursue further compensation, so it’s essential to have an attorney review the documents before signing.

In conclusion, dealing with insurance companies after a personal injury accident can be a challenging task. However, by following these dos and don’ts, you can ensure that you receive the compensation you deserve.

How to Improve your Chances of Being Eligible for a Claim

You have a chance to claim back hundreds or even thousands of pounds if you have ever been overcharged or mis-sold financial products. 

A good example of this, and one of the most famous claims on record, was the PPI scandal. This resulted in £38 billion of claims returned to customers who were mis-sold PPI. In this article, we provide some insight into ways in which you can maximize your chance of being eligible for a claim.

Gavin Cooper, the founder of Claims Bible, explains “it’s important to find a good claims partner to work with.”

“A good start is to see if they have a success rate, and a good estimate for how long they think the claims process will take.”

“Some firms help clients obtain any documents and evidence they might need, including evidence to support their claims, based on just a few details. Others might ask you for more information. If this is something you need, check with your claims partner beforehand.”

“Be sure to check whether your claims partner provides clear information about the claims process.”

There are many reasons that a claim can and should be made. One of the most common reasons to make a claim is personal injury that was not the fault of the claimant. If this injury impacts the claimant financially (for example, the injury prevents them from working), and occurred within the last three years, then they can qualify for a claim.

Another common reason for claims is mis-sold loans. A loan may be considered to be mis-sold for a wide variety of reasons. These include:

  • If the customer was misled by unclear, ambiguous wording
  • If the customer was pressured into taking out loans that they cannot afford, or pressured into purchasing unnecessary add-ons
  • Lack of transparency, i.e. when a loan provider neglects to explain clearly the fees, total costs, and interest rates attached to a product
  • If the customer was sold a product that they were ineligible for. This can include being sold products restricted by age, residency, or employment status. A good example of this is a loan being sold to people who are currently bankrupt.

These kinds of issues can be seen in many different types of loans, such as payday loans, logbook loans, and short-term loans. Anyone who was mis-sold a loan for the above reasons is eligible to make a claim. 

Another common reason that individuals file claims is over mis-sold catalogue credit. This is the type of scenario whereby a shop uses a ‘Shop Now, Pay Later’ scheme without carrying out the necessary affordability checks. When this occurs, customers are entitled to claim back the interest charges that they incurred.

The documentation needed for any claim will depend on your claims partner, and the reason that you are making a claim. Some firms are able to work from minimal evidence and look for the documents on your behalf, while others may need more information. Generally, the documents that you may be asked for include:

  • Bank Statements
  • Credit History
  • The original finance agreement
  • Personal details and proof of address
  • Documentation about key events and dates
  • Proof that you have tried to resolve the dispute prior to making the claim

It is important that you check whether these documents should be delivered digitally or printed.

It is important that you ensure that your claims partner is being fully transparent about any fees or hidden charges. Many claims partners will offer to take your case on a “no win no fee” basis. This means that if you are unsuccessful with your claim, you will not have to pay a contingency fee. This is usually clearly advertised by the partner.

How Debt Impacts Climate Disasters

Most of the countries that are vulnerable to climate disasters are also struggling with debt, which is making it harder for them to respond effectively to climate-related emergencies. This was revealed in a new report by international charity ActionAid, which said that 93% of countries in the Global South that are most affected by global warming are under significant debt distress. 

Of the 63 most climate-vulnerable countries, only four are at low risk of debt distress, while nine are already reeling under debt distress, including Somalia, Malawi, and Mozambique. The report highlights the urgent need for developed countries and international financial institutions to provide financial support and debt relief to climate-vulnerable countries to enable them to build resilience and adapt to the worsening impacts of climate change.

What Is The Environmental Cost of Debt?

The report, which was released during the World Bank and International Monetary Fund (IMF) Spring Meetings, disclosed that 38 of the 63 most climate-vulnerable countries are cutting back on essential public services to service their debt. 

The situation is further exacerbated by the fact that these countries are forced to repay their debts in foreign currencies, mainly US dollars, which compels them to invest in extractive industries like fossil fuels and large-scale industrial agriculture, exacerbating environmental degradation and worsening climate change impacts.

According to the report, the debt crisis and climate crisis are inextricably linked, creating a vicious cycle that traps vulnerable countries in a downward spiral. David Archer, ActionAid International’s head of programmes and influencing, warned that urgent debt cancellation for climate-vulnerable countries and a radical transformation of global debt management is needed to address this pressing crisis. 

The report also called for immediate action from international financial institutions to make finances available to poor countries facing increasing pressure due to the climate crisis.

What Is An Example of the Climate Impact of Debt?

The report cited Malawi, which recently suffered the brunt of cyclone Freddy, displacing over half a million people and causing widespread destruction, as an example of a nation weighed down by debt. The country’s government is being forced to allocate limited resources to repay old loans, leaving it ill-equipped to rebuild and recover from cyclone Freddy. 

The situation is similar in Ghana, which defaulted on its $28.4bn external debt in December. The country is forced to spend more on debt servicing than on education and health, perpetuating a destructive cycle where the country lacks the necessary resources to invest in climate adaptation, resilience, and disaster preparedness.

John Nkaw, country director at ActionAid Ghana, stated that the country needs about 60% of its debt canceled if it is to return to a path of sustainability. He added that if they are free of debt, Ghana would be able to strengthen small and medium-sized businesses, invest in renewable sources of energy, smallholder farmers, and agroecology. However, these choices are not an option at present. 

The report also revealed that 42 other African countries are at high risk of debt distress due to the impacts of climate change and other factors. These countries face a vicious cycle where they are forced to spend more on debt servicing, leaving fewer resources to invest in climate adaptation, resilience, and disaster preparedness.

7 Steps to Efficiently Build Your Team in a Short Timeframe

Whilst many organizations can allow for steady, organic growth of their workforce as their brand develops and work picks up, in an ever-changing world such as tech, sometimes it is necessarily to respond to changing needs with rapid work force development. It is important that this is done properly; failure to successfully grow a team could result in a drain in resources, rather than an upturn in productivity.

On the surface, the tech world appears to have swerved from one extreme to another, with the tech talent gap followed by the big tech lay off. However, in reality, the layoff only impacted the major tech companies; there is still plenty of demand for tech talent, and there are tech jobs out there for those who know where to look. For companies who need to grow their team – and fast – it helps to take a considered approach.

Plan for tomorrow – not just today

Before you know the resources that you need to build your future, you first need to know what your future might look like. By setting goals for your organization, you should be able to see what your staffing needs are likely to be in the future, as well as right now. From your organizational plan you will be able to see where you want to go, and you should have a good idea of what – and who – you need to help you get there.

Develop existing talent

You may not need additional management now, but if your strategy shows you that you will in the future, it may pay to take on staff at a lower level who are able to fulfil your current needs and develop them to take on progressively more responsibility. By developing in-house talent, you are ensuring high quality training, creating a healthy working environment, and developing a team of loyal leaders who understand your organization from the ground up.

Welcome diversity

Whether you are operating in an industry that is known for its inclusion and diversity, or you are breaking the mould in your pursuit of a diverse workplace, the data is clear: diverse organizations are more effective (Forbes, 2018). Diversity allows you to build a strong network of people based on their personal attributes. A mix of age, gender identity, race, cultural and socioeconomic experiences will allow you to gain maximum benefit from your growing team, as each member is encouraged to play to their strength.

Manage expectations

One of the keys to growing a team quickly – and retaining that talent – is to manage expectations – both yours and new and existing team members’. From job descriptions to individual targets and progression opportunities, clarity of what each person has to offer, what is expected from them, and what they have to gain will promote a hardworking, cohesive environment that is most likely to allow your team to grow steadily and effectively, without having to manage layoffs and additional recruitment rounds.

Take advantage of the current climate

According to data, the end of 2022 and beginning of 2023 saw unprecedented layoffs among the FAANG companies (Meta – formerly Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, and Alphabet (formerly Google). This Big Tech layoff saw more than 150,000 redundancies and, understandably shook the tech world.

For recruiters, the layoff may prove to be an advantage, as skilled experts move away from big tech, with a generous redundancy package, and have the financial buffer and the career gap to allow them to take on new tech jobs with start ups and rapidly growing organizations. This is, in fact, a unique opportunity for growing organizations to engage talent that would have automatically been snapped up by big tech in the past.

Get specialist support

If you are in a position to need to rapidly grow your team, then you are probably an expert within your field. That doesn’t necessarily mean that you are an expert in recruitment. One way to manage rapid growth needs is to engage a recruitment specialist, who will be able to apply their extensive, industry-specific knowledge to help you to find personnel who will fit your organizational needs today, while allowing ongoing development in the future.

Develop your leadership skills

Running an organization can be a challenge, but leading a growing organization amid a time of flux comes with its own set of trials. Make sure that the leadership team are able to steer the organization through this period of change successfully and sustainably by ensuring that you – and your team – have the skills, resources and support to do so.

Looking to Obtain Dual Citizenship? 4 Important Things to Consider

With the world becoming increasingly connected, it’s no surprise that more and more people are considering dual citizenship. In fact, if you want to obtain citizenship in the Caribbean, St Kitts and Nevis passport is one of the easiest to apply for.

A second passport can offer many benefits, such as traveling freely and working internationally. But before you take the plunge, consider a few important things. In this article, we’ll go over four important things to consider when obtaining dual citizenship, such as the costs involved and the impact on your taxes. By the end, you’ll better understand whether dual citizenship is right for you.

Copyright: Coverkit on Unsplash l Licence: CC0 Public Domain

The Possibility of Dual Citizenship

If you’re looking to obtain dual citizenship, it’s important to understand the rules and regulations surrounding this process. Applying for and attaining dual citizenship isn’t an easy process. There are many factors that must be taken into consideration before deciding.

Each country will have its own rules about applying for dual citizenship. However, some of the requirements include the following:

  • You must live in a country for 3-5 years before you can apply for a second passport
  • You must have a clear criminal record
  • Police clearance report from your home country
  • Before you can think about the requirements needed to apply for dual citizenship, there are a few factors you need to consider:

The Cost of Dual Citizenship

The cost is one of the most important things to consider before obtaining dual citizenship. Depending on the country, obtaining dual citizenship can be quite expensive. In addition to the fees associated with applying, other costs may be considered, such as language tests, travel expenses, and even immigration lawyers. It is important to keep in mind that the cost can vary greatly from one country to another.

Once you obtain dual citizenship, you might be liable for taxes and other related costs. As such, the cost and expenses don’t stop once you obtain citizenship. Luckily, there is a chance of your taxes being decreased.

The Benefits of Dual Citizenship

It’s not all about the money when it comes to dual citizenship. Although there are costs associated with obtaining dual citizenship, there are also numerous benefits. One of the most significant is gaining access to additional opportunities.

With dual citizenship, you will gain access to another business market and the opportunity to work in another country. With virtual work being the new norm, you might be able to do business in two different countries at the same time.

Another key advantage is being able to access additional education opportunities and even health care benefits. Furthermore, dual citizenship is an excellent way to increase cultural understanding and open the door for potential investments.

Other benefits include:

  • Being able to protect yourself in the event of political instability
  • Being able to leave a country should the need arise
  • Visa-free travel. For example, a Canadian passport will allow you to visit Iceland, Sweden, and the Netherlands without a visa

The Process of Applying for Dual Citizenship

The application process will vary greatly depending on the country you wish to obtain citizenship. Generally speaking, though, there are a few key steps you’ll need to take.

First, you will have to ensure that you meet all eligibility requirements. Once you’ve established that you do, you’ll need to submit an application along with all required documentation. Some of these will include the following:

  • Proof of nationality
  • Passport photos
  • Birth and marriage certificates
  • Police clearance reports
  • Proof of financial stability After submitting your application, you’ll typically have to wait for the decision to be made. This can take 4-6 months to process, depending on the country. Once a decision has been reached, you may have to take additional steps to finalize the process. This can be anything from having to visit the country to sign documents to applying for another I.D. or passport.

The Likelihood of a Citizenship Exam

In certain countries, you must take a citizenship or civic exam before becoming a citizen. Most countries require that you take an exam in person or online. For example, in America, the civics test is done orally, where you need to answer ten questions.

The length of time it takes for each test varies from country to country, but most exams usually last between 1-2 hours, and they test basic grammar rules and vocabulary as well as knowledge about local culture (languages).

6 Common Issues With Medical Billing — and How to Overcome Them in Your Business

Running a medical billing business can be an incredibly rewarding endeavour, but it is not without its challenges. Every day, healthcare businesses face complex and ever-changing regulations that must be navigated to ensure accurate payments for services rendered.

Additionally, there may be issues related to coding inaccuracies or incorrect patient information that can lead to costly delays and errors in payment processing.

This article will discuss some of the most common issues associated with medical billing and how they can be overcome to maximize efficiency in your business operations.

1. Understanding Medical Billing and the Challenges Involved

One of the biggest challenges associated with medical billing is ensuring accuracy in data collection. This includes understanding and interpreting claims, coding practices, and regulations related to various types of insurance plans.

Knowing the policies and procedures specific to each patient’s healthcare plan is essential to ensure proper reimbursement for services rendered.

2. Improper Coding

Incorrect coding is one of the most common issues associated with medical billing and often leads to reduced or denied service payments.

To ensure accuracy, it is essential to have a comprehensive understanding of the codes assigned by various insurers and how they are associated with specific treatments and procedures.

Additionally, it is important to be aware of any code changes that may occur over time so that claims can be processed efficiently and accurately.

3. Incorrect Patient Information

Another common issue with medical billing is incorrect patient information. This includes erroneous addresses, phone numbers, and payment details which can lead to delays in payments or denied claims.

To overcome this issue, verifying all patient information upon registration and periodically reviewing any changes as they occur is a good practice.

4. Streamlining Payment Processes with Automation

Automating payment processes is a great way to improve medical billing efficiency in your business. It eliminates manual entry errors, reduces paperwork and other administrative tasks, and provides greater visibility into payments as they are processed.

In this situation, having the right medical billing software is key. Quite a few services can give you what you need, but CollaborateMD will cover everything you need to help you automate most of the process.

It can also help streamline the appeals process should any discrepancies arise during claims processing.

5. Managing Denied Claims and Other Delays in Payment

Unfortunately, even with the most stringent quality control processes in place, denied claims and other delays in payment are bound to occur.

To address these issues quickly and effectively, you need to clearly understand why the claim was denied and develop an action plan for resolution. Establishing procedures for filing appeals when necessary can help minimize payment delays.

6. Overcoming Reimbursement Issues

Finally, it is essential to thoroughly understand reimbursement issues and how to navigate them to maximize payments for services rendered.

This includes recognizing what types of services are reimbursable by various insurers and developing strategies for negotiation with providers who may not be willing to accept certain payment terms.

Leveraging technology solutions such as analytics can help identify trends and develop more effective reimbursement strategies over time.

By understanding the common issues associated with medical billing and implementing solutions to address them, your business can maximize efficiency and accuracy in payment processing while minimizing delays and denials.

With the right approach, you can ensure that claims are processed quickly and accurately so that patients receive their payments in a timely manner.

The Takeaway

Healthcare businesses can ensure greater accuracy and efficiency in their operations by understanding common issues associated with medical billing.

Any business can maximize reimbursements for services rendered through proper coding practices, verifying patient information regularly, streamlining processes through automation, and managing denied claims quickly and effectively.

If you found this article informative, check out this one on streaming your online payment process.

Eight Common Tech Business Terms That Are Often Misunderstood

Business leaders within UK SMEs have been told the eight most commonly misunderstood technological terms to avoid misinformation negatively impacting performance.

Experts from business communications specialists TelephoneSystems.Cloud have warned that the most commonly used terms are often the most likely to be misunderstood.

Incorrect definitions of technical terms can easily be spread throughout a business when they are in the news all the time leading to assumptions being made.

Non-tech leaders can be tempted to suggest business changes despite not truly understanding what it is they are suggesting.

Juliet Moran, founder of TelephoneSystems.Cloud said: “Understanding what key terms like the internet and online really mean and how best to utilise the cloud can dramatically improve the way a business operates and communicates.

“It is easy for misunderstandings to spread throughout a business, particularly around technical terms that are in common use.

“Because we are used to hearing these terms every day we assume we understand what they mean and therefore we think we understand what the impact of any technical changes would be on our businesses.

“It’s important for non-tech leaders within SMEs to fully grasp the meaning of common technological terms so they don’t find themselves making decisions to do something with the technical infrastructure of the business without first properly understanding what ‘it’ is.”

TelephoneSystems.Cloud’s eight most commonly misunderstood business tech terms:

1. The Cloud

‘The Cloud’ is a term, the meaning of which has arguably shifted over time as technology has advanced. In reality, the cloud is simply some computers owned by someone else whose capacity you can use for the period of time you have an arrangement set up to do so. The cloud can be confused as everything online but that isn’t true. It can also be confused with a single provider.

Clouds can be both public and private with the difference being a private cloud is shared within your organisation whereas a public crowd shares infrastructure with other organisations. The Cloud has quickly become one of the most commonly used business tech terms because it can save your business so much due to reduced infrastructure and maintenance costs whatever industry you are in.

2. VoIP

Confusion can arise as your office phone system can look just like a standard, wired-line PBX, but if it’s coming from an Internet line instead of a landline connection then all calls will be via VoIP. If your business uses a Voice over Internet Protocol system for your phones, then it works over an Internet connection.

3. Phone “Lines”

With modern, business cloud based phone systems, you no longer have multiple phone lines going into your building. The “lines” are just network connections that go over the internet and you can have as many connections as the speed of your internet connection allows. Even on a standard DSL connection you can typically have around a dozen simultaneous calls, and on fibre internet you can have hundreds. Therefore when setting up a new phone system you should not worry about the number of lines, but instead think about the number of phone users you will have.

4. Wi-Fi

We often find customers confuse Wi-fi with their internet connection and get them mixed up. Your internet connection is what comes out of the router and down the wire and is provided by your ISP. Your Wi-Fi is a wireless service that runs off the router device. It may also have booster devices to make the signal run throughout your building. While your supplier might provide a router with Wi-Fi, if your router is up and running and you can get on the internet, but your Wi-Fi isn’t working, the problem isn’t with your internet connection.

5. Security Certificates

Sometimes called by their old name “SSL certificates”. This is a special type of file which is used to encrypt data that is transferred between a website and the customer. The use of a security certificate is indicated by a small padlock icon at the top of your browser window. It is important to note that a security certificate alone does not make a website secure. A website can still be hacked if the code is not maintained and kept up to date.

6. A.I.

Artificial Intelligence is mentioned a lot in the news recently and is attracting a lot of attention. The term conjures images of computers thinking for themselves in the same way humans do. The A.I. we have to date does not do that. In fact, the best experts in the field still don’t know how consciousness works or how to recreate it. The A.I. programs we have today tend to be focused on specific tasks such as speech recognition, image generation or image recognition. Here they can mimic some aspects of intelligent behaviour, but they are not conscious. We don’t need to fear a robot uprising just yet.

7. Bandwidth

Bandwidth is often mistaken for internet speed when it’s actually the volume of information that can be sent over a connection in a measured amount of time – calculated in megabits per second (Mbps).


8. Scalability

Scalability is a popular buzzword within organisations, but it is easy to forget that business and technology are different. Scalability in business usually means that you also have to scale your tech. Failure to do so will slow growth as tech can no longer support your expanding business it. It is important that your technology can easily scale up as your business grows.

How AI Impacts Mergers And Acquisitions

In the fast-changing world of business, mergers and acquisitions (M&A) have become a crucial tool for growth and competitive advantage. As technology advances, artificial intelligence (AI) is playing an increasingly significant role in shaping the M&A landscape.

This article explores how AI is revolutionizing how M&A deals are sourced, evaluated, and executed, offering valuable insights and efficiencies throughout the process.

Current Uses Of AI In Business

AI is transforming the business landscape, offering innovative solutions to various challenges. For example, it can automate repetitive tasks, enhance customer service through chatbots and virtual assistants, and provide personalized marketing and product recommendations. To gather comprehensive data about this groundbreaking technology, you can read online sources like the guides from Future Forge.

AI-driven analytics are also used for predictive maintenance, supply chain optimization, and fraud detection. Moreover, AI-powered tools assist decision-making by analyzing large datasets, identifying trends, and uncovering insights, enabling businesses to operate more efficiently and strategically.

How AI Can Boost Mergers And Acquisitions

Mergers occur when two organizations combine to form a new entity, while an acquisition involves one company purchasing another. M&A transactions require extensive research, due diligence, negotiation, and post-deal integration, making them complex and resource-intensive endeavors. AI can be used to fulfill these objectives and prevent issues associated with M&A.

1. AI In Deal Sourcing And Target Identification

One of the primary challenges in M&A is identifying suitable targets that align with a company’s strategic goals. AI tools can analyze lots of data from different sources, such as financial statements, market trends, and social media, to identify potential acquisition targets more precisely and quickly.

2. Enhanced Due Diligence And Risk Assessment

The M&A process requires critical due diligence. This involves the comprehensive analysis of a target company’s financial, operational, and legal information. AI tools can automate and streamline the due diligence process, reducing manual labor and accelerating the discovery of relevant information. AI’s ability to process and analyze large datasets enables a more thorough risk assessment, identifying potential red flags and mitigating factors that could impact the deal’s success.

3. Improved Valuation And Deal Structuring

Accurate valuation and deal structuring are essential for successful M&A transactions. AI-driven financial modeling and forecasting tools can provide more accurate and timely valuations, taking into account various factors such as market trends, industry dynamics, and other elements. By leveraging AI’s analytical capabilities, companies can optimize deal terms and structures, ensuring that transactions are executed at the right price and under favorable conditions.

4. Optimizing Post-Merger Integration

Post-merger integration is a critical phase in the M&A process, as it sets the foundation for the combined entity’s future success. AI can facilitate smoother integration by identifying potential operational mechanisms, streamlining workflows, and automating routine tasks. Additionally, AI-driven analytics can monitor the integration’s progress in real-time, enabling companies to make data-driven decisions and adjust their strategies as needed to maximize value creation.

5. Legal And Regulatory Compliance

M&A transactions often involve navigating complex legal and regulatory frameworks, which can be time-consuming and costly. AI can help with legal work, such as automating the review and analysis of contracts, regulatory filings, and other legal documents. As such, it reduces the risk of human error and ensures compliance with relevant laws and regulations.

Optimizing AI Use In M&A

While AI offers numerous benefits in the M&A process, there are potential downsides to consider:

  • Overreliance on these tools may lead to neglecting human intuition.
  • Inaccurate, incomplete, or biased data can lead to flawed insights and decisions.
  • AI systems may require access to sensitive information during the M&A process, which raises concerns about data privacy and security.
  • The use of AI in M&A may raise legal and ethical questions, such as the potential for discrimination or unfair practices due to algorithmic biases.
  • Integrating AI may require significant investment in technology, infrastructure, and personnel.

Maximizing AI’s advantages in the M&A process requires balancing AI-driven insights and human judgment, ensuring data quality, safeguarding sensitive information, and adhering to legal and ethical standards.

Final Thoughts

Artificial intelligence is leaving an indelible mark on the mergers and acquisitions landscape, offering a wealth of benefits and opportunities to businesses and investors alike. Organizations can streamline deal sourcing, conduct thorough due diligence, and optimize integration by tapping the power of AI. Ultimately, this enables them to make more informed decisions that drive success.

As AI continues to advance and permeate every aspect of the M&A process, organizations that adapt and embrace these innovative technologies stand to thrive better in an increasingly competitive and dynamic business environment.

Tech Trends for Charities in 2023

The charity sector is bouncing back from three years of disruption – and technology is at the heart of the recovery.

The COVID-19 pandemic followed by the cost-of-living crisis saw charities experience a reduction in funding and a simultaneous high service demand. All this, coupled with food shortages, an energy cost crisis, and UK inflation at a 40-year high means charities find themselves under increasing pressure to deliver essential support.

Yet charities are maximising technology to evolve and meet demand in post-pandemic times. From Blockchain to Artificial Intelligence, the charity sector is firmly placed at the tech forefront. Microsoft partner, Pragmatiq are amongst the leaders creating bespoke solutions for charities and businesses to greatly improve backend operations. Their research can now reveal the main charity tech trends we are likely to see in 2023.

Artificial Intelligence

Automation has become a vital and cost-effective tool for charities. AI assists charities and non-profit organisations by automating administrative tasks. Using digital assistants and chatbots helps charities address a higher rate of basic online questions and allow for complex queries to be escalated to human workers. It also provides users with 24/7 support and increases staff productivity while AI deals with standard enquiries. The integration of cloud-based IT services also makes it cheaper for charities to adopt AI-based automation.


Blockchain is increasingly prevalent in the charity sector in 2023. It offers full transparency, so donors can monitor how donations are used and track how money is spent. The platform helps build trust between charities/non-profit organisations and donors. In turn, donors are more likely to spend money when they can visibly see where it is being invested. Alice is an example of a digital platform that uses Blockchain to facilitate the charity sector.

Focus on websites

Around 82% of charities placed digital at the top of their agenda following the pandemic, and more than 50% offered new online services during 2022. As a result, many charities view website improvements as central to their future success so they can support users through times of need.


The seismic shift towards digital technology means charities must make cybersecurity a key priority. Yet only 19% of UK charities have a formal cybersecurity strategy, and only 26% have carried out a cyber risk assessment. With their finances and resources already stretched, an increasing number of charities are outsourcing to a cybersecurity provider to protect their systems and prevent cyber criminals from stealing sensitive data.

Digital Learning

Improving employees’ digital capacity through upskilling is providing the charity sector with a solid tech foundation for 2023 and beyond. Many charities combine in-house training with external digital support to develop an action plan for the delivery of customer portals, digital assistants and more.

Tech solutions for the charity sector

Investment in technology and the latest IT systems is powering charities and non-profit organisations in 2023. Research from CAF’s Charity Landscape Report shows that 80% of all charity leaders whose organisation have an income of over £5 million have invested in IT, new technology & online solutions. These investments are not just for the bigger charities, 64% of charities with an income of under £1 million have done the same.

Case studies

Brighton Therapy Centre is a prime example of the positive difference that investment in IT can make to a charity or non-profit organisation. BTC provide counselling and therapy for those needing mental health and wellbeing support. The centre managed information manually across multiple spreadsheets which meant:

  • Poor visibility and access to information for employees.
  • Lack of automation.
  • Difficulties around completing day-to-day processes.
  • Time inefficiencies with manual communication, and more.

BTC enlisted Pragmatiq, who specialise in bespoke CRM solutions for non-profits and charities, to implement a scalable Custom Business Solution involving Microsoft Dynamics 365 & Microsoft Power Platform to improve visibility, optimise communications, and enhance productivity and efficiency across the organisation to support future growth.

Getting a Personal Loan in 2023

As of 2023, it’s been estimated that more than £33,000, or almost $40,000, is owed per average borrower in the United Kingdom and the USA. This debt is of course subject to interest, meaning that for the estimated amount owed, more will be required by lenders as time goes by to fulfill the debts owed to them. As a result, more and more people are turning to personal loan agencies for help with repaying what they owe, but how simple is this and can anyone apply for it?

Choosing the Right Lender

Many people don’t realize that personal debt can also benefit from further loans, which in turn can often be repaid in a more flexible manner. For instance, if a person wants to take out personal loans for credit card debt, they can do so by turning to a reputable lender to help with exactly this. One of the most prominent is Credit9 – an agency that aspires to help those in debt by providing them with a loan, which they can then repay to this company over time and in a more beneficial manner than when dealing with a bank or other large organization.

How Can They Help?

Put simply, their lending options for those with credit card debt are some of the most beneficial on the market. Not only can they help with a lump sum of cash to help with covering credit card debt in full, or partially, they can do so in a flexible way that allows the borrower to stop stressing about having to meet deadlines as defined by a bank or creditor. This is why so many have been turning to Credit9 for debt relief solutions, allowing them to repay what they owe at a pace that suits them, while still knowing that they have met their expenses and obligations.

For more information, those in debt are advised to visit the Credit9 website to see just how they could help and the best plan for their needs. With many helpful and flexible options available to those dealing with credit card debt, even industry experts have stated that this company is a good option to assist those in need of relief from their financial worries.

What Does Retirement Planning Include

Every person starts thinking about retirement at some point. The reality is, you will need a lot of money to live a comfortable life after retiring, and collecting such an amount of cash takes time. The sooner you begin taking care about your future, the easier it will be to save up. Luckily, if you have an efficient retirement plan, you will be able to save up for your future even if there is not so much time left until you retire. Read along to find more information on retirement planning and what you need to do to achieve your goal.

What Does Retirement Planning Mean?

Retirement planning implies preparing for your life after retirement and accumulating enough wealth to live in comfort. It’s up to you to determine whether you will be able to save up enough to pay for everything you need, create a passive income that will bring you money, or even both.

So, retirement planning implies coming up with a certain strategy depending on your goals, possibilities, and needs. It is essential to plan for your retirement because you will obviously want to continue living comfortably. You should determine the moment you begin saving up for the future, suggest all possible difficulties you might face, and think about the actions you will take to overcome the obstacles and stick to your plan as much as possible.

Things to Consider in Retirement Planning

When planning for your retirement, it is crucial to take certain aspects into consideration. Your goals for the future will influence your retirement plan tremendously. Of course, it is impossible to predict how your life will go in the future, and people tend to change their priorities as time passes. However, having a general idea about how you want your life to go should be really helpful.

For example, if you want to have more than one child, you will need to make more money to have enough for your regular expenses and saving up. If you want to travel a lot after retiring, you will need quite a big capital too. And if you think that you will feel more confident if you have a passive source of income as an additional support, you must determine what it will be and how can you organize it.

Important Steps of Retirement Planning

After you take into account all the aspects crucial for consideration, you must take certain steps for proper planning. The most crucial of them are as follows:

Determine the time frame for preparation – the first thing you need to do is to understand how much time you have before retiring. Retirement age can differ based on your country of residence, profession, and more. See how many years you have exactly before the retirement age to be able to plan your savings.

Calculate expenses for retirement – you know how much you spend regularly, and it is also important to calculate how much you will be spending after retiring. Many people think that they will be spending less than they do at present. However, this is usually not the case. Most retired people start spending even more as they choose to travel and do other things that they were previously unable to do. Without having to work, people usually have a lot of time to do something that requires money. This is why it is important to plan your budget realistically;

Think about the source of passive income – receiving social payouts is usually not enough for a comfortable retirement. Even when people have a decent capital saved up for retirement, it is usually necessary to have some income still. Receiving a return on investments is a popular solution for retirees. You can invest money online at any point in your life to start generating money for retirement. Quanloop is an alternative investment platform that European citizens can use conveniently. It is possible to start investing even if you have only one euro. Select one of the investment plans and start your portfolio. If you are unsure where to invest money online, alternative investment services are very convenient for retirement planning.

Summing up

One of the best ways of planning for your retirement is to start as early as possible. However, it is possible to start saving up at any age with proper planning. Just create a thorough retirement plan and start working towards your goal.

Should Real Estate Investment Be Part Of Your Acquisition Plan in 2023?

The real estate market is rarely out of the media now. The pandemic saw huge rises in property prices. And demand for homes went through the roof. Now though, high inflation and mortgage rate hikes are causing consternation for buyers.

Real estate has often been recognized as a solid investment. Bricks and mortar are tangible, unlike other investment options such as crypto or NFTs. Even in hard times when recessions have bitten, the property market has always found a way back.

Now, the value of the world’s real estate is the highest it’s ever been with the potential to go higher. But, is 2023 the right year to acquire property?

Is this a good year for real estate acquisitions?

Expert opinions are divided on the housing bubble. Some analysts believe house prices will drop slightly, while others believe there could be more rises. Depending on the region, many analysts are predicting further property price rises.

John Pribble, Principle of DFW Hard Money says “Buyers are returning to the property market, and with inventory remaining low, demand could push real estate prices up”.

Much will depend on how mortgage rates are affected throughout the year. If there are further raises by the Fed, then mortgage rate rises may deter buyers further. However, if demand increases, real estate prices might see another surge as they did during the pandemic.

How much should you invest in acquisitions?

Investing in any acquisition should be done with a degree of comfort. Overstretching can lead to greater risks and heavier losses if things go belly up. If the doomsayers are correct, the property market might see a steep decline in value. Any real estate acquisition would therefore represent a loss in the short term.

The length of the investment is a serious aspect. Long-term investments might be seen as higher risk. This is because future outcomes cannot be seen or predicted accurately. Yet, real estate has always proven a reliable long-term option for investors.

As a general rule, the best way to budget is to set aside 50% of disposable income for necessary payments such as mortgages and food. 30% should be allocated for leisure, entertainment, and less essential purchases. The final 20% of income should be used for saving or debt repayment.

With experts recommending 10% to 15% for savings or a little more, this might be your guideline for investing. Now, 15% of the average person’s income won’t be very effective in real estate investment. So, options for acquiring control of real estate and financing purchases should be focused on.

Best options for acquiring real estate

Acquiring control over real estate may be done in several ways. Property investment needs large sums of money and includes a significant amount of risk. Therefore, a proper real estate investment strategy should be drawn up.

Buildings can be bought outright, or long-term leases can be purchased. Yet, there are ways to get involved with real estate that don’t require actual ownership.

Fixing and flipping houses

At the other end of the spectrum is fixing up homes to sell on. This type of real estate investment involves identifying distressed properties also. However, unlike wholesaling, there is no middleman.

Fixing and flipping represents a very realistic way of acquiring real estate in today’s market. With property prices being high, buying distressed homes requires substantially less finance to be in place.

How to finance real estate acquisitions?

Real estate acquisitions might involve serious money. An investor who has cash available can purchase properties outright. This is the ideal route for anyone fixing and flipping properties. But, property development may involve more than one investor and vast amounts of financing.

There are many loan options for real estate acquisition, with some suiting commercial developments more, and others designed for residential homes.

Some real estate acquisitions are planned to be short-term investments. Others are for the longer term. The type of acquisition will determine what loan option is most suitable. Here is a short look at two of the different financing choices.

Hard money loans

A type of short-term loan that is popular with property investors. A hard money loan might be considered similar to a bridging loan in that it may be used to bridge the gap between project completion and a sale.

For instance, Bob is fixing up a distressed property and is 90% complete. But, Bob’s finances have run short and he needs a loan. A hard money loan will allow Bob to finish the project and sell the house.

One major difference between hard money and a traditional bank loan is the lending criteria. Bob doesn’t need to have a good credit rating. He only needs to leverage the property and agree to the lending terms.

Traditional loans and mortgages

Many buyers are still concerned with today’s mortgage rates. However, banks are still lending, and mortgages are a common way to purchase real estate.

A possible option for building up a real estate portfolio is to buy to let. This means buying property specifically to rent out. Letting out property successfully will mean the tenant effectively pays the mortgage, and possibly more.

Is real estate the best choice for investment?

For long-term investments, the earlier they are started the better. Retirement plans and savings will accrue more if they are started earlier rather than later. But, this doesn’t mean all investments provide the same ROI.

While future events cannot be predicted, historically, the real estate market has proven to be worth investing in. If analysts are right, then there is no imminent property market crash.


Understanding regional property markets will be key to making the right acquisitions this year. Purchasing distressed properties is one way to acquire real estate with a lower cash investment. The potential for a healthy return from house flips remains in place in 2023.

Moving to Turkey. Things You Should to Pay Attention To

Moving to another country can be quite a complicated and challenging process, so it is necessary to prepare well and take into account many factors. One of the most important things to pay attention to is transportation. You already have a beautiful property and will be living in an area that is new to you. You will agree that it is wise to think about the safety of your vehicle as well. Turk.Estate is here for you if you decide to buy flats with parking in Turkey. That way you will be 100% sure that your car will be safe from theft or damage.

Things to keep in mind when moving to Turkey

It is wise to divide your relocation process into several steps.

Step one

First of all, make sure you have looked through basic things, such as:

  • Visa and residence permit
  • The property market
  • Connections to utilities
  • Local climate
  • Financial situation
  • Job options

Visa and residence permit

Before you move, you should familiarise yourself with the requirements for a visa and residence permit in Turkey, depending on the purpose and duration of stay.

The property market

Before you move you should research the property market in Turkey and find a home that meets your needs and abilities.


Turkey has a varied climate, depending on the region. You should consider the weather conditions and choose appropriate clothing and shoes when moving.


Consider financial issues such as the cost of housing, food, transportation and other expenses.


If you are planning to work in Turkey you would need to familiarize yourself with the requirements of the job and find a suitable position. Tax and legal issues must also be taken into account.

Step two

After that, you should get more information about your health and safety:

  • Healthcare
  • Security
  • Safety
  • Public transport


Before you relocate you should become familiar with the local health care system and choose an appropriate insurance plan.


As in any country, it is important to stay safe in Turkey. Do not leave your belongings unattended in public places, do not wander into unknown areas at night, and do not let strangers get too close to you.

Public transport

Turkey has a good network of public transport, including buses, streetcars, subway railways and cabs. When using public transportation, remember to pay a fare and keep the inside of the vehicle clean and tidy.

Step three

New country means new routines and habits, including:

  • Food
  • Drinks
  • Tipping
  • Shopping
  • Clothing
  • Lifestyle

Food and drinks

Turkish cuisine is very varied and tasty, but may differ from what you are used to eating. For example, in Turkey many dishes are prepared with spices and herbs such as oregano and mint, which may be unusual for some people. Also, Turkey has many local drinks such as Turkish tea and coffee, which may also be different from what you are used to drinking.


A good thing is that if you don’t have enough money to buy luxurious clothing, it is often possible to bargain in Turkey, especially in markets and bazaars. Also, feel free to ask for a discount in stores, even if you buy several items.


When it comes to quality of clothes, they are not that different from other countries. There is no official dress code in Turkey, but it is recommended to wear moderate clothing, especially in places associated with religion, such as mosques. It is not advisable to wear revealing clothing on the streets, especially in more conservative areas.

Final step

Now study the culture and local traditions:

  • Culture and customs
  • Communicating with locals
  • Behaviour in Public Places
  • Respect for culture and traditions
  • Language
  • Education
  • Socialising

Culture and customs

You will need to familiarise yourself with Turkish culture and customs to understand the local customs and etiquette.

Communicating with locals

In Turkey, many people speak Turkish, so it may be helpful to learn a few simple phrases in Turkish to communicate with locals. Also, keep in mind that gestures and facial expressions can have different meanings in different cultures, so try to avoid disrespectful gestures and facial expressions.

Behaviour in Public Places

In Turkey, it is important to observe public order and not to break the laws. For example, smoking is prohibited in public places such as restaurants and cafes. It is also not advisable to speak loudly or raise your voice in public places.

Respect for culture and traditions

Turkey has a rich culture and traditions, and it is important to respect them to avoid misunderstandings and conflicts. For example, many Turkish people are Muslim, so it is advisable to respect their religious practices and not to wear revealing clothing in public places.


Knowledge of the Turkish language may be particularly useful in adapting to the new country and communicating with locals. It is recommended to learn the language even before moving.


It is important to be on good terms with locals and take the time to socialise and learn about the culture and customs of the country.

Moving to Turkey can be a difficult process, but with proper preparation and planning, you can avoid many problems and make the adjustment more comfortable and successful.

Hopefully, these rules will help you avoid misunderstandings and make your stay in Turkey more pleasant and comfortable.

If you find yourself interested in purchasing a property in Turkey, Turk.Estate is right here to help you. On the website you will be offered the best options for purchase available. Turk.Estate will guide you through the whole process, making sure you are left with positive experience after buying a property in Turkey. For more information visit the website, where everybody will surely find an option to their taste.

The AI Revolution: How Artificial Intelligence is Transforming Web Design Agencies

Artificial Intelligence (AI) has become an integral part of our lives, transforming industries and paving the way for new opportunities in various sectors. One such industry that has experienced significant changes is the web design industry. With the rapid advancements in AI technologies, web design agencies like Cheap Web Design are beginning to feel the impact of these innovations. In this guest post for Acquisition International, we will explore the influence AI has on the web design industry and discuss how it will shape web design agencies in the next five years.

The Emergence of AI in Web Design

The integration of AI in web design has led to the development of new tools and technologies that make it easier to create visually appealing and user-friendly websites. AI-powered design platforms, such as Wix’s ADI (Artificial Design Intelligence) and Adobe Sensei, are gaining traction as they enable users to create professional-looking websites without needing extensive design knowledge or experience.

These platforms leverage machine learning algorithms to understand user preferences and generate tailored design templates based on their needs. This development has made it easier for businesses and individuals to create websites quickly and affordably, which is particularly beneficial for smaller companies with limited budgets.

The Impact on Web Design Agencies

The rise of AI-driven web design tools is having a profound effect on web design agencies. On one hand, these innovations provide web design professionals with more efficient and powerful tools to create unique, high-quality websites. Designers can now harness AI technology to make data-driven decisions, optimise user experience, and automate time-consuming tasks.

On the other hand, these tools are also empowering non-professionals to create websites with little to no technical expertise. This has led to an increase in competition in the web design industry, with many businesses opting for cost-effective DIY web design solutions over hiring professional web design agencies.

Adapting to the AI Revolution

To thrive in this new environment, web design agencies must adapt and embrace the changes brought on by AI technology. Here are three key strategies that web design agencies should consider implementing in the next five years:

Offering AI-Powered Services

In order to stay competitive, web design agencies must offer AI-driven services that leverage the capabilities of AI technology. This may include utilising AI-powered design tools to create personalised websites, offering chatbot integration, or implementing AI-driven analytics to optimise user experience. By adopting AI-powered services, web design agencies can provide added value to their clients and stay ahead of the curve.

Focusing on Customisation and Personalisation

As AI-driven web design tools become more prevalent, the need for unique, customised websites will increase. Web design agencies should focus on offering highly personalised and tailored services to differentiate themselves from the competition. This may involve creating bespoke designs, offering custom branding solutions, or developing unique user interfaces to enhance user experience. By emphasising customisation and personalisation, web design agencies can cater to clients who require a more specialised service.

Emphasising Human Expertise

While AI technology is undoubtedly powerful, it cannot yet replicate the creativity and intuition of human designers. Web design agencies should emphasise the value of human expertise in their services, highlighting the importance of a designer’s ability to understand client needs, interpret user behaviour, and make informed design decisions. By focusing on the human element, web design agencies can ensure that their services remain relevant and sought-after in the age of AI.

The Future of Web Design Agencies

The integration of AI in the web design industry is undoubtedly changing the landscape, but this does not necessarily spell doom for web design agencies. In fact, it presents an opportunity for growth and innovation. 

In the next five years, we can expect to see web design agencies offering a more diverse range of services that leverage AI technology. These services may include AI-driven content creation, image recognition, and optimization for voice search, among others. Agencies that can effectively integrate these technologies into their services will have a competitive edge, enabling them to cater to a broader range of clients and requirements.


The impact of AI on the web design industry is undeniable, and its influence will only continue to grow over the next five years. Web design agencies must adapt to this changing landscape by embracing AI technology, focusing on customisation and personalisation, and emphasising the value of human expertise.

3 Ways That Businesses Could Use the Economic Calendar to Their Advantage

Economic calendars are a powerful tool for businesses to stay informed about important events and trends in the world of finance. By tracking upcoming events and data releases, businesses can make more informed decisions about their investments, strategies, and operations.

1. Planning for market volatility

In such a fast paced economy, it is vital that businesses stay one step ahead of major announcements and decisions that could impact the market. The economic calendar provides a schedule of important upcoming economic data releases. It’s possible to filter the calendar by date, to cover shorter and longer term events, making it a particularly useful resource. These data releases concern a number of different areas that can have a significant impact on financial markets and lead to increased volatility in exchange rates, interest rates, and stock prices. Each of these factors can affect both international and domestic businesses as well as individuals.

By monitoring the economic calendar and planning for these events, businesses can make more informed decisions about when to enter or exit markets, adjust their risk management strategies, and prepare for potential market movements. For example, if a business knows that a major economic report is due to be released on a certain day, they can adjust their trading strategies to minimise their exposure to market volatility. This could be done by diversifying their trading across multiple markets or setting up operations in a variety of countries. For smaller businesses, this could mean adjusting their pricing to reflect current market conditions. This vital part of any business risk management strategy is a good way to stay on top of the market. 

2. Identifying new investment opportunities

Another way that businesses could use the economic calendar is to identify new investment opportunities by tracking emerging economic trends and potential shifts in market sentiment. For example, if a business notices a trend of rising commodity prices, they may consider investing in companies that produce those commodities or companies that benefit from higher commodity prices, such as mining or energy companies.

Similarly, if they see that a particular industry or region is experiencing strong growth, businesses may choose to invest in companies operating in that industry or region. By identifying these trends early on, businesses can position themselves to take advantage of new opportunities and stay ahead of the competition.

3. Adjusting business strategies

Furthermore, businesses could use the economic calendar to inform overall strategy by providing insights into broader economic trends and developments. If interest rates are rising, a business may choose to adjust their borrowing strategies or seek out alternative sources of financing. Furthermore, a trend of declining consumer spending may change their focus to cost-cutting measures or lead them to adjust their pricing strategies to meet customer demand.

Using it means staying informed about economic trends and developments, enabling more informed decisions about overall strategy. This can include everything from adjusting pricing and marketing strategies to expanding into new markets or product lines. This powerful tool can be used alongside others to make strong investment and strategy decisions, helping businesses to stay ahead of competition.

How to Develop Strategic Partnerships in the Home Improvement Industry

Every industry niche has opportunities within it for organizations to join forces and benefit from building a business partnership together.

This strategic approach applies in the home improvement sector as much as anywhere else, but there are some specific things to think about if this is the segment where you operate. Let’s go over what’s involved in developing a lasting, mutually advantageous association with other organizations in this context.

Identifying the Right Partners for Strategic Alliances

When it comes to developing strategic partnerships in the home improvement industry, the key is finding people who share your vision and goals.

Take some time to evaluate potential partners on their reputation and track record of success. It’s important that they have a similar business model as well as compatible values.

Next, ensure that you are comfortable with each other’s core beliefs, before forming any type of partnership or alliance. Also check that both parties understand what kind of commitment is expected from them in terms of resources, skill set, and time investment.

Moreover, establish clear communication channels so everyone knows exactly what’s going on at all times throughout the process. Without this structure, things can quickly turn chaotic, even when working together towards common objectives.

Leveraging Brand Recognition to Drive Growth

Successful partnerships between companies in the home improvement industry can be a great way to leverage brand recognition. As part of this, it’s necessary that each party understands how the other may benefit from their reputation and visibility.

For example, if one partner has more resources or a larger customer base than another, they could offer support through marketing campaigns or public relations initiatives. This type of collaboration will help both parties reach new audiences, while building relationships with existing customers at the same time.

Better yet, when two companies come together for strategic alliances like this, it creates credibility and trustworthiness among consumers, which can lead to increased sales across the board.

For example, if you’re looking for pest control marketing strategies to grow your customer base, joining forces with a real estate business or other associated organization with an established brand in a given region could help you expand and grow outside of the markets you’re already dominating.

Optimizing Resources Through Joint Ventures in Home Improvement Projects

One of the main benefits of cooking up strategically sensible partnerships in this niche is being able to optimize resources and get more done with less effort.

By working with another business in the home improvement industry, each party can leverage their respective strengths and skill sets for a greater outcome than either could achieve alone.

This type of collaboration allows everyone involved to save money on labor costs, while increasing efficiency by pooling manpower together.

Moreover, joint ventures between two or more companies often result in better end results, due to shared knowledge and expertise, which in turn leads to higher customer satisfaction rates. With this kind of optimization strategy, businesses can not only increase revenue, but also gain valuable insight into how they should use their resources moving forward.

Analyzing Performance of Existing Strategic Alliances

Last but not least, you need to look into the effectiveness of any strategic partnerships by analyzing performance on an ongoing basis. This means keeping track of key metrics, such as customer engagement levels, sales figures and cost savings over time.

By conducting regular reviews and making adjustments when necessary, businesses can ensure that all existing alliances are delivering desired results.

Final Thoughts

Forging bonds with other businesses is not just a good idea in the home improvement industry, but in every other commercial context. Keep this in mind, and use the suggested strategies, and you’ll quickly feel the benefits.

Classic Car Insurance: Reasons You Need to Protect Your Investment

Classic cars are a mark of elegance and durability, making them a valuable addition to your collection of vehicles. Due to their unique features, they will often require special care to last them through the years, allowing you to eliminate wear and tear that could spiral out of control. Listed below are some tips and tricks to help you protect your investment.

Research Your Car’s Model

While a few classic cars may have similar features, they will often differ on minor details, with components such as engines and makeovers adding to their uniqueness. With this in mind, verifying the originality of your parts will allow you to understand your car better.

Utilize resources such as part catalogs to your advantage, vintage magazines and books. Ascertain that all parts were also installed correctly, as this will be vital to the performance of your car. If you also need help creating and pushing content related to the specifics of your car, display advertising can help with this. It will come in handy when reaching out to potential customers, making it possible to garner enough traction for the visibility of your classic car and other future interactions.

Use the Right Storage Facility

Various storage facilities will serve different purposes, with classic cars benefiting from spaces designed with their specific needs in mind. Areas with power tools and lawn equipment may pose a hazard to your vehicle, as these may occasionally slip out of place and damage your car. Because of this, ensure that your storage area is free from such equipment, with empty garages ideal for this.

Additionally, facilities fitted with a fire detection system will be ideal, minimizing damage to your vehicle when fire incidents occur. Lastly, be on the lookout for garages and facilities that are climate-controlled, as this will be essential in maintaining stable humidity and temperature conditions.

Prepare For Storage

Extended storage of classic cars calls for proper safeguards, with any mishap likely to result in mechanical issues. If events such as snow limit the use of your car, make it a point to treat your fuel before storing your vehicle. Alternatively, drain the fuel, as most gasoline goes bad after a few months. This prevents contamination of your gas tank with poor-quality fuel that could cause a faulty engine.

Preventing rodent infestation will also be essential if storing your car for long periods. A few tips to help with this include putting mothballs in your vehicle and eliminating food sources. Additionally, utilize bright lighting in your car, with well-lit areas preventing nesting. Lastly, keep all windows closed, with spaces acting as entry points for rodents.

Keep Your Documents Safe

Your car’s original documents will be essential in helping you assess your vehicle’s actual value, as well keep records, also occasionally helping your investment benefit from increased value estimations. Classic cars often come with unique traits that help your vehicle stand out from others. This is why documents detailing niche information will be highly valued, resulting in high appraisals when you need to sell your car. Your car’s repair history will also come in handy during such assessments, so make it a point to hold onto these records.

Utilize Classic Car Insurance

Not all insurance policies are suited to classic cars, with vintage rides requiring customized coverage. Fortunately, numerous providers offer classic car insurance, with their coverage providing compensation for damaged parts, limiting your maintenance costs. Make it a point to research details such as add-on covers, with this often helping you get policies for unique car features and developments that arise over time.

Additionally, go for insurance providers that allow you to choose your preferred repair shop, as this will be vital to helping you get adequate care. Take note that some providers may limit your mileage, so consider your driving needs for the short and long term and the providers that best suit these needs. Lastly, check if your insurance provides reimbursement at the agreed value, with hidden clauses likely to limit your overall compensation.

Stay Up To Date With the Maintenance

Proper maintenance will also protect your investment, with expert classic car mechanics better suited to this task. Technicians who are well-versed in your marquee will also be ideal for maintaining your vehicle, with their specialty allowing them to spot problems faster than other mechanics. This reduces your maintenance costs and the overall time taken for repairs.

Take Photos

Photos will be the perfect reference point for helping you identify changes in your classic cars. Annual photos will be ideal for this, making it easy to spot any deterioration that needs rectifying. The original photos can also be a look back to the prime years of your classic car, helping you stick to the original aesthetics where possible.

Perform Occasional Test Drives

If you use your car for weekend drives or prefer keeping it in your garage, an occasional test drive will be critical in helping you identify hidden problems. Ensure you take it out once every few weeks, with a couple of miles being enough. Doing this enables you to maintain the proper levels for lubrication, eliminating long-term maintenance issues.

The above are some ways that will help protect your investment, with classic cars requiring adequate attention to help keep them in optimal shape. Consider your storage needs, maintenance, and documentation, with these being vital in assessing and maintaining your car’s true worth.

Real Estate Value In Palm Beach Florida

The state of Florida grew by 1.9% between 2021 and 2022. An additional 706,597 people moved to the Sunshine State between 2020 and this last census. This made Florida the fastest-growing state in the US.

One of the attractions of Florida includes the weather of course. 230 days a year of sunshine help to give the state its nickname. Then there are the beaches, resorts, and activities to consider.

Perhaps the most exclusive, and certainly one of the most desirable areas in Florida is Palm Beach. In the South-eastern part of Florida lies West Palm Beach, and its neighbour, Palm Beach. Both areas are praised for quality of life and high-value real estate.

How is the Florida housing market looking in 2023?

Florida has experienced impressive rises in house prices. The price of homes rose 80% during the last five years. Analysts are now predicting the housing market to remain strong for the next five years.

Despite demand though, house sales in the state have dropped. The Florida Business Observer reported a near-40% drop in house sales at the end of 2022. This decline in sales has no reflection on demand but points to a small housing inventory.

The houses for sale inventory in Florida remains small pushing demand and price up. This shortage of existing homes has led to new construction. Miami and Orlando have led the way in building over 21,000 new units each in 2021.

Florida is third in the country for new builds. High-quality construction used for kitchens and interiors of Florida homes means that there are some very desirable properties available.

Are people investing in Palm Beach real estate now?

The demand for Palm Beach property is unlikely to drop. Unless some extremely innovative building methods are used though, the housing inventory will never meet the number of potential new residents. Anyone looking to invest in new builds in Palm Beach should learn everything about the construction industry first.

Palm Beach County as a whole though is growing. The growth rate of Palm Beach County over the last year was 1.13% – lower than the Florida average but very healthy.

2022 saw a total of 37,447 house sales across Palm Beach County. 2021 saw record house sales in the county for all types of homes including single-family homes and luxury condos. Despite 2021 being a bumper year for house sales, 2022 continued to see year-on-year increases.

Palm Beach County’s population grew from 336,706 in 1969 to 1,497,987 in 2021. Since 2015 however, the growth rate of new residents has slowed. New people continue to arrive in the county but at a much slower rate.

While the population in West Palm Beach and Palm Beach Town grows very slowly, investment is still being made in the county as a whole.

Increasing the value of Palm Beach property

If you have a property in Palm Beach then congratulations. The median price of a house in Palm Beach in March this year was $2.8 million. This clearly demonstrates why Palm Beach remains exclusive, and why more billionaires live in this vicinity than anywhere else in Florida.

Some ways to invest in Palm Beach property or increase the value of real estate are as follows:

Understand the relationship between value and cost

Flipping homes is a popular way to enter the property market. And with areas of Palm Beach being highly sought after, finding distressed properties might be the key. Nonetheless, buying a distressed Palm Beach property is no guarantee of a strong ROI. A house flipper needs to understand which renovations bring the best returns.

With property prices being higher than the state average, buyers will expect Palm Beach homes to be of good quality. The two rooms that buyers put the most focus on are kitchens and bathrooms.

When making renovations to increase the value of a home there are many factors to be looked at. Some kitchen remodelling considerations include the quality of materials to be used. Cutting corners in Palm Beach won’t help the value of your home.

New builds

With very limited space, construction of new units will be difficult. However, new constructions are underway in West Palm Beach and investment could be rewarding. The best bet may be to look at areas close to West Palm Beach but where land is still more affordable.

Understanding the market (comparable)

AI is being used across many industries now and is making its way into property investment. AI helps people make decisions. And artificial intelligence is being used to provide real-time, accurate house valuations.

You might not have access to real estate AI tools, but you can use comparables to increase your market knowledge. Comparables in the housing market mean taking a few properties and using them to calculate the value of a similar home.

Normally, comparables work by taking between 3 and 6 very similar properties to the one needing to be valued. A property owner can take the median sales price from the comparables to value their own property.

Anyone looking to understand and invest in Palm Beach property should use comparables to get a hold of the local market.


The value of real estate in Palm Beach County varies dramatically. But, West Palm Beach city and the town of Palm Beach are home to high-value real estate.

Demand remains high in Palm Beach as the existing houses for sale inventory stays low. For sellers, this is good news. Palm Beach property prices continue to rise, and likely will for the next five years. For homeowners wishing to raise the value of their homes, kitchen renovations, and other work may be key. For potential investors in Palm Beach, a big wallet will be needed or skill at spotting distressed properties to fix and flip.

Law Firm SEO Ranking Factors and Tips For Improving Your Rankings

In today’s digital age, search engine optimization (SEO) is crucial for law firms that want to establish a strong online presence and attract new clients.

Here are some of the most important factors that can help law firms rank higher in search engine results pages (SERPs).

Relevant keywords

Keywords are one of the most important elements of attorney SEO. To rank well, law firms must use relevant and specific keywords throughout their website. These keywords should be included in the title tags, meta descriptions, header tags, and body content. To get started, you should:

●    Conduct keyword research to find relevant and specific keywords for your practice areas.

●    Include keywords in the title tags, meta descriptions, header tags, and body content of your website.

●    Use long-tail keywords to target specific, high-intent search queries.

High-quality content

Content is king in SEO. Law firms should create high-quality, informative, and engaging content that is optimized for search engines. This content can include blog posts, articles, case studies, and other forms of content that demonstrate the firm’s expertise and authority in its practice areas. To get started you should:

●    Write informative blog posts, articles, and case studies that demonstrate your expertise and authority.

●    Use visual content such as images, infographics, and videos to engage users and break up text.

●    Keep your content up to date by regularly reviewing and updating your existing content.

Link building

Link building is a crucial aspect of SEO. Law firms should aim to earn high-quality backlinks from reputable sources to improve their search engine rankings. To get started you should:

●    Identify high-authority websites in your industry and reach out to them to request a link to your website.

●    Guest blog on relevant websites to earn backlinks and demonstrate your expertise.

●    Create valuable content such as whitepapers, studies, or reports that other websites would want to link to.

Mobile responsiveness

Law firms should ensure that their website is optimized for mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets. This can be achieved by using responsive web design or creating a dedicated mobile version of the website. To get started you should:

●    Use responsive web design to ensure your website is optimized for different screen sizes and devices.

●    Optimize your website’s loading speed on mobile devices by compressing images and files and minimizing HTTP requests.

Page speed

Page speed is another important factor that can affect a law firm’s search engine rankings. Slow-loading pages can negatively impact user experience and lead to higher bounce rates. Law firms should aim to optimize their website’s loading speed by reducing image and file sizes, using caching techniques, and improving server response times. To get started, you should:

●    Compress images and videos to reduce file sizes and improve page loading times.

●    Optimize your website’s HTML, CSS, and JavaScript code to improve loading speed.

User experience

User experience (UX) is a critical component of SEO. Law firms should ensure that their website is easy to navigate, visually appealing, and optimized for user engagement. This can be achieved by using clear and concise navigation, high-quality images and videos, and user-friendly design elements. To get started, you should:

●    Use clear and concise navigation to make it easy for users to find what they’re looking for.

●    Use high-quality images and videos to engage users and make your website visually appealing.

●    Use design elements such as white space, colour, and typography to improve readability and user engagement.

Local SEO

For law firms that serve a specific geographic area, local SEO is crucial. Local SEO involves optimizing a website for local search queries, such as “lawyer near me.” Law firms can improve their local SEO by creating Google My Business listings, optimizing their website for local keywords, and getting listed in local business directories. To get started, you should:

●    Create a Google My Business listing to increase visibility in local search results.

●    Optimize your website for local keywords by including city and state names in your content and meta tags.

How To Choose A Specialty Chemicals Supplier 

Chemicals are vital components in most industries like construction, electronics, healthcare, textile, and even automotive. These chemicals are helpful in different ways, hence the need to select an appropriate supplier. 

Selecting the right chemical supplier is crucial for the success of a business. However, since many chemical industry suppliers exist, selecting the appropriate one may take time and effort.  

Thankfully, this post has outlined a few methods that may assist you in choosing a suitable specialty chemicals supplier that can satisfy your needs. Continue reading to find out what they are.

1. Identify Your Area Of Need  

Before you consider choosing a specialty chemicals supplier, it’s best to specify the type of chemicals you require. Suppliers provide various chemicals depending on the industry; for instance, pva manufacturers supply to textile and agricultural industries. 

It also helps to determine the range of products you require the provider for. That way, you’ll be able to find a chemical supplier who specializes in your interest.

In connection with that, choose a supplier with a diverse chemical portfolio. Choosing a single supplier with a wide selection of chemicals makes sourcing easier than multiple ones, which might bring logistical problems.  

2. Confirm Their Certifications And Quality Assurance Compliance  

The quality of chemicals you’re supplied with greatly impacts the performance and success of your business. Therefore, you must ensure your supplier has recognized certifications that guarantee quality management standards. 

Some suppliers may not abide by the standardization guidelines of products; thus, the chemical may contain hidden impurities that can be unsuitable for use. Hence, you must first confirm if the supplier has certifications and complies with the specific regulatory bodies.  

3. Consider Their Experience  

When choosing a specialty chemicals supplier, you must pick one with the necessary expertise. For instance, if you require hygiene chemicals, the supplier should have complete knowledge and skills about them. 

An experienced supplier will offer insights and advice concerning the chemicals suitable for your industry. They can also help update you on the latest chemicals that your business may need.  

4. Check Their Reputation

Before settling with a specialty chemicals supplier, you must ensure they have a good reputation. They should be able to illustrate the quality and reliability of their products to customers. 

Online reviews and ratings can aid you in determining the reputation of the supplier. With good customer feedback, you can be sure they’ll provide excellent service.

5. Review Their Client Service  

Every business wants to work with a professional and accommodating provider. Therefore, the chemical supplier you choose must offer excellent customer service by responding promptly to inquiries and resolving issues that may come up. 

A supplier that communicates effectively builds a good relationship, making it easy to work together. Good customer service also builds trust and a productive working environment.  

6. Determine Their Reliability And Punctuality

In business, punctuality and reliability are crucial, so you must select a chemical supplier that delivers products on time and is available when needed. 

Pick a chemical supplier with a reliable supply chain that promptly provides services. Delayed deliveries can harm your business, increasing costs and wasting time.  

7. Evaluate Their Storage Site  

Another important way of selecting a chemical supplier is by surveying their warehouse. It’s vital to visit the storage site of the distributors so that you can have complete details about the condition and performance of the chemicals they supply to you. 

By evaluating their site, you’ll see how the supplier handles vulnerable and dangerous chemicals. And most importantly, you get to know if the supplier is well organized and stores the products in a stable and safe environment.   

8. Look For Referrals  

You can consider referrals from other business owners to find the best specialty chemicals supplier since they may have previously dealt with several companies. You might ask them about the providers they most recently worked with and how that relationship went. They wouldn’t hesitate to refer you to a supplier whose products and services impressed them.  

9.Consider The Cost   

When choosing a chemical supplier, it’s essential to consider the cost. The pricing of the chemicals may vary depending on various factors like quantity, the type of chemical, and the delivery cost. 

Going for the cheapest chemicals and suppliers may be tempting, but you should always focus on the quality of the products. To ensure you’re sticking to your budget, compare the prices of different suppliers before you settle on one. And as you choose the supplier with affordable pricing, ensure that they don’t compromise on the quality of the products.  


There may be many chemical suppliers, but finding the right one impacts your business. Considering costs, experience, reputation, storage site, and certification helps you narrow down your choices to find the perfect chemical supplier for your business. It would also help if you prioritized quality and reliability over pricing. 

Considering all the above tips makes it easier to streamline your business operations and increase productivity in the competitive chemical industry.   

Rural Businesses in UK Are Struggling According To Recent Survey

Rural businesses in the UK are struggling to compete with their urban counterparts due to a lack of public infrastructure and skilled labour, according to a recent survey by the British Chambers of Commerce (BCC) and small business platform Xero. 

The survey revealed that over half of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in business, retail, or industrial parks were not satisfied with public transport provision, rising to 79% in rural areas, compared to 42% in towns, villages, and high streets.

Rural Business Struggles

The survey found that there was a significant divide in broadband connectivity, with only 56% of rural SMEs reporting reliable broadband, compared to 82% in urban areas. The shortage of reliable broadband and poor transport infrastructure is having a significant impact on rural businesses, making it difficult for them to compete with urban businesses that have better access to these resources.

Furthermore, a number of SMEs have also reported difficulties in recruiting suitably skilled workers. This issue is compounded by the fact that many young people in rural areas move to urban areas for work, resulting in a shortage of skilled labour in rural areas.

According to Alex Veitch, Director of Policy and Public Affairs at the BCC, the rural-urban divide continues to exist between firms in the UK. Rural businesses generally report higher levels of dissatisfaction with the quality and availability of local resources, which puts them at a significant disadvantage. 

High-quality public infrastructure and access to a skilled labour force are both crucial to the success of a business, particularly SMEs. Therefore, the development of public infrastructure must be urgently prioritised by the government.

Why Could This be a Problem?

Rural businesses are essential for sustaining local economies and providing jobs and essential goods and services to rural communities. They contribute significantly to the economy, generating income and supporting the tax base. They also offer employment opportunities that can help to keep people in their communities and close to their families instead of forcing young professionals to move into big cities like London and Birmingham.

In addition to their economic importance, rural businesses play a key role in supporting rural development. They can help to promote sustainable development, conserve natural resources, and contribute to the development of local infrastructure. Rural businesses can also help to preserve local culture and heritage by promoting traditional skills, crafts, and products.

What Do Rural Businesses Want?

Shadow Secretary of State for Environment, Food, and Rural Affairs, Jim McMahon, believes that the past 13 years of Tory rule have weakened the foundations of rural communities. This has resulted in unaffordable housing, funding cuts for transport, overworked GPs and dentists, and the closure of community hubs such as village shops, post offices, and pubs. McMahon believes that the government must do more to support rural communities and businesses to help them raise money, enable them to thrive and compete with their urban counterparts.

Many businesses are calling for the government to prioritise the development of public infrastructure in rural areas to enable local and small businesses to function. This investment would, in theory, help bridge the rural-urban divide and ensure that rural communities can compete with their urban counterparts.

What are the Alternatives to Small Business Loans?

Small business loans are a type of financing designed to provide financial assistance to small businesses. These loans can be used to cover various business expenses, such as purchasing equipment and inventory, or expanding the business.

According to a report by the Small Business Administration, nearly 50% of small businesses fail within their first five years. One of the main reasons for this high failure rate is because these businesses failed to secure the funding they needed to get off their feet. This article explores small business loans, as well as alternative sources of financing for your small business. 

What are the types of small business loans available?

Some of the most popular types of small business loans available include the following:

Term Loans

Term loans are traditional loans that offer a lump sum of cash that is repaid over a fixed term with interest. They can be secured or unsecured, which will often end up determining the amount of interest that your business may be charged on the short term loan

SBA Loans

The Small Business Administration offers various loans for small businesses, including the popular 7(a) loan program. They tend to be easier to qualify for but can take longer to process due to the demand.

Business Lines of Credit

A business line of credit provides small businesses with access to a set amount of money that can be drawn upon as needed. Interest is only charged on the amount used, making it an affordable option for short-term financing if you do not need to borrow large amounts.

Equipment Loans

Equipment loans are used to finance the purchase of equipment or machinery for a business. These loans are secured by the equipment being purchased, meaning you can get them at a lower rate compared to unsecured loans.

Invoice Financing

Invoice financing, also known as accounts receivable financing, lets small businesses borrow money against their outstanding invoices. This type of financing is often used to improve cash flow and reduce the impact of late-paying customers. It can be a great option for businesses who transact often.

Risks of taking out a small business loans

Taking out a small business loan carries some risks, including the following:

  • The risk of damaging your credit score if you default on your loan and cannot pay it back on time
  • The risk of penalties, fees, and legal action if you make too many late payments
  • The risk of accumulating new debt to pay off existing debt, which can lead you to be trapped in a negative cycle
  • Losing your assets to your lender if you miss a payment

Alternatives to taking out a small business loans 

While loans can be a valuable source of funding for small businesses, some small business owners may want to opt for less risky alternatives. This includes the following:


Small business grants are a set amount of cash that do not need to be repaid, but must be spent on your business. They are often available to businesses in specific industries or locations, or may exist to reward particularly eco-friendly businesses. They can be harder to get approved for, and may require you to meet certain strict qualifications. Although grants can be time-consuming to apply for, they have the advantage that they do not carry interest or need to be repaid at all.


Crowdfunding is when businesses raise money from a large number of people, usually online. This works best for businesses that have a unique or compelling product or service, or who have a large online following. It can be difficult for small businesses to be seen on saturated platforms like GoFundMe without an existing fanbase. 

Equity Financing

This is when business owners sell a portion of their business to an investor in exchange for funding. This can be a good option for businesses that are seeking larger amounts of capital and are willing to give up some control over their business, as the investor will likely end up having a say in future business decisions. 


Factoring is a form of financing where you sell your accounts receivable to a third party at a discount in exchange for immediate cash. This can be a good option for businesses that have a lot of outstanding invoices, but is otherwise not considered a particularly favourable option. 

Are Your Business and Personal Brands Prepared for AI? Expert Says Most Aren’t

The online competition for attention and engagement has never been more intense. And the rapid rise of AI is exponentially increasing the tension, bringing things to a game-changing level. To stand out from the crowd and compete, leaders need to get their personal and business brands AI-ready.

“Any CEO or entrepreneur who is not preparing their personal and business brands for the coming AI tidal wave is in a dangerous place,” says Karen Tiber Leland, founder of Sterling Marketing Group and author of The Brand Mapping Strategy: Design, Build and Accelerate Your Brand.

Leland explains that AI language models (such as the hyper-popular ChatGPT) rely on large datasets of text from the Internet to learn and generate responses. “You have to teach Google who you are and what your company is about — across the net,” says Leland. “If you don’t have online discoverability, credibility and relatability, you can’t compete.”

Leland says that not having enough quality content that Google can find creates AI generated generic responses about a brand based on the limited information available. “I asked AI about a few new CEO clients recently,” says Leland. “Because they currently have very little online presence, the response was, ‘I don’t have enough information to provide an accurate response,’ or, ‘I’m sorry, I don’t know much about this person.’”

Leland explains that if you are looking to build thought leadership, do a capital raise, find investors, sell your company, entice potential employees or convert customers, not being on the radar becomes a huge opportunity cost. She recommends taking seven essential yet straightforward steps to prepare personal and business brands for AI.

  1. Stop Avoiding AI and Embrace Education and Experimentation. The more you avoid AI, the further behind you will get. One way to stop avoiding AI and prepare your brand is to educate yourself with the abundant online resources and experiment to see how it could work for your personal and business brands.
  1. Accept the Need to Create a Parallel CEO Brand. 82% of all Americans (88% of Older Millennials) agree that companies are more influential if their CEO and executives have a personal brand. Despite this, Leland says many C-suite leaders still believe they don’t need to create a parallel brand. “What they fail to understand,” says Leland, “is that they already have one. It is just a matter of if they want their brands to be by default or design.”
  1. Consistently Create an Abundance of Online, High-Quality Content. AI models can better understand and generate contextually relevant and accurate responses as they become more advanced. If your content is visible on Google and considered an authoritative source, it is more likely to be referenced by AI models when generating answers to relevant queries. Content can be articles, blog posts, podcasts, media interviews, social media posts, videos, etc.
  1. Take a Fresh Look at Your Target Audience. Knowing whom you are trying to reach and their concerns is critical in being AI-ready. AI itself can be a good source of gaining data and insights about what your target audience is now wanting and needing. This allows you to create brand messaging and content that resonates with them.
  1. Monitor Your Online Reputation Monthly. Keeping track of when you are mentioned online, by whom and what is said is necessary in today’s wired world. A whole host of AI online reputation management tools can help you stay on top of your personal and business brands and allow you to address any issues sooner rather than later.
  1. Flip the Focus of Your Social Media. A robust social media presence is undoubtedly essential in building a brand. Leland says the problem is that 80% of most companies’ posts focus on the company, with only 20% being educational or entertaining. “The key is to flip that and start having 80% of your posts written around keywords, industry topics, trends, customer interests and thought leadership,” says Leland.
  1. Teach Google Who You Are and What You Stand For. “If you want to be an authority, you must author something,” says Leland. Leland suggests writing at least one long-form (600-1000 words) social media or blog post a month is the minimum you should go for. In addition, she says measuring social media solely through the lens of “engagement” is a mistake. “Part of the purpose of today’s social media posting is to make yourself discoverable to Google and to teach it who you are and what you stand for.”

Leland says the bottom line is that ignoring the trend of AI and chatbots in business and personal branding is a significant mistake. Remember that even if you are not preparing your personal and business brands for AI — your competitors are.

Unlock Proven Investment Strategies With Kavan Choksi

Are you looking to get ahead financially in the coming year? With so much economic and political uncertainty, how can you ensure that your investments are sound and strategic? We all want to be successful investors, but with so many different trends in the financial industry, it cannot be easy to know what works and what doesn’t.

Kavan Choksi shares his top strategies for investing successfully in 2023. He dives into what it takes to lay a solid foundation for building wealth over time – from picking the right stocks or funds to making smart portfolio choices. By the end of this article, you’ll better understand how to create an investment plan that meets all your needs and goals and get insights that will increase potential profits.

According to Kavan Choksi, as we move forward into a new year, it is essential to approach the markets with sensible caution and wise foresight. The lure of glamorous investments can be tempting but should not distract from sound diversified strategies for long-term success. Investing in 2023 requires preparation, patience, and knowledge of your financial goals – so look ahead to ensure you stay on track.

Moreover, investing with a long-term outlook is always advantageous. Historical data indicates that although there may be challenging times and downturns, eventually, the market will rebound to bring more growth opportunities. Taking proactive steps now can ensure that you remain well-positioned for financial success later on.

Strategy # 1 – Invest with a diversified portfolio.

Diversifying your portfolio is essential to maximize your success in the investing game. Kavan Choksi suggests not putting all your eggs in one basket; spread them among stocks, bonds, real estate, and even cryptocurrencies for optimal protection against market fluctuations. Doing so can help cushion any losses due to individual investments that don’t perform as expected.

A diversified stock portfolio is an essential part of successful investing. Taking a strategic approach by spreading your investments across various sectors and industries can help protect you during upheavals in the market while also helping boost returns over time. By taking advantage of spread-risk techniques, investors have more chances to come out ahead.

If you’re overwhelmed by the daunting task of individually selecting potentially lucrative long-term investments, fear not because there’s a practical solution.

Kavan Choksi mentions that Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) track major stock indices and allow for immediate and broad diversification to create an appealing base upon which other stocks can be built.

Strategy # 2 – Stay the course.

If you’re serious about your investments, a long view is vital. Don’t be tempted to try and time the markets or chase after every new opportunity; this can lead to poor performance and put your portfolio at risk.

Cultivate a spirit of endurance instead – develop an investment strategy that diversifies across different asset classes, then stay steadfast in its execution no matter how turbulent the market gets.

With so many asset classes and markets, it can be tempting to try timing the market or chasing after hot investments – but such strategies don’t necessarily lead to optimal performance.

Kavan Choksi explains that instead of trying for quick wins in uncertain waters, construct a diversified portfolio that fits your long-term goals. During times of volatility, it may take patience and discipline; stay true to yourself by following this plan no matter what.

Strategy # 3 – Lower your investment fees and maximize your returns.

It pays to look for fees to optimize your investment returns and ensure you get the most bang for your buck. Consider lower-cost options like well-managed index funds, which can help secure more of your hard-earned money in the long run.

Investing in the stock market can be an exciting and rewarding experience. As most online brokers provide fee-free trading, you’ll want to ensure minimal extra costs – for example, when investing in fractional shares, options, and futures; or mutual funds and cryptocurrencies. Remain vigilant as these charges may go unnoticed but will take their toll if left unchecked, says Kavan Choksi.

Strategy # 4 – Monitor your portfolio regularly but not obsessively.

Monitoring your investments is key for staying on track toward reaching financial goals. By periodically assessing whether or not a portfolio remains aligned with its investment plan, you can make smart adjustments as needed without feeling overwhelmed by the fluctuations of stock markets. At the same time, having faith in one’s long-term investments grants peace of mind and allows us to enjoy life beyond our finances.

Kavan Choksi emphasizes that investment success is an endurance event, requiring more sustained effort and commitment than simply seizing the latest alluring opportunity. Lasting profits take time to cultivate – don’t rush in without exercising due diligence; that fleeting moment of gain could open up a window for much bigger returns.

In summary, strategic investing can be an incredibly daunting field to take on, but it doesn’t have to be. With proper education and attention to current trends, you can set yourself and your money up for success. Choosing the right investment vehicle is an important part of this process, and if you’re interested in exploring what the next ten years have in store for the stock market, look no further than Kavan Choksi’s tried-and-tested strategies. Taking control now will lead to a profitable future in 2023 and beyond – so why hesitate? Get started on your road to success today.

Kavan Choksi is an outstanding player in the financial arena, utilizing expertise from economics and finance to grow wealth for himself and his clients. His broad knowledge of consumer goods, retail, and luxury markets gives him a unique insight into how companies can utilize his savvy business acumen to turn their business fortunes with rewarding results. A devoted investor, Kavan Choksi enjoys helping others make wise decisions when managing money – now that’s something worth investing in.

Why Your Chatbots Are Making Debtors More Angry

Ian Haddon, COO at ContactEngine

The use of automated communication tools, such as chatbots, to speak to customers has grown since the pandemic. One in four customer service companies are using AI, with 31% planning to introduce these tools in the next 18 months. The global chatbot market is estimated to grow by 23.9% each year until 2030, reaching a value of $3.6bn.

It’s easy to see why these tools have been adopted. Simple programs that can respond to frequently asked questions can reduce pressure on contact centers and give customers general answers. Indeed, the top three benefits consumers expect to get from chatbots are a 24-hour service (64%), the ability to get an instant response (55%) and answers to simple questions (55%). However, only a third expect chatbots to be able to answer complex questions or offer ‘friendliness and approachability’. This creates a big problem – especially when it comes to debt collection.

While some debtors will want to rectify a case where they owe money as soon as possible, many will avoid communicating for as long as they can. If you are insisting that they use your chatbots to get in touch, you are relying on them to make the first move and you are adding reasons for them to avoid you. You also run the risk of making them angry. A study from the American Marketing Association revealed that while ‘non-angry customers’ show a slight preference for anthropomorphized chatbots – popping up with an on-brand greeting – angry customers are much less satisfied with that approach. The damage can be done instantly.

According to chatbot firm EBM, one of the biggest contributors to a negative net promote score can be “the very first moment the customer interacts with the chatbot”.

This is where chatbots cause a negative perception of AI automation for business stakeholders too. Firms invest in a chatbot and at first it performs reasonably well and reduces call center pressure. But then there’s a drop off in engagement from customers that are already starting off from a negative mindset. Ultimately, firms blame AI for unsatisfactory outcomes when in fact it’s the application that’s at fault, not the technology.

There are few places in your customer contact function where engagement is more important than in debt recovery. If you’re relying on reactive communications from debtors phoning in or coming through your chatbot, then you are likely only adding friction to the process. This causes more stress and reduces your chances of recovering money owed. Instead, proactive AI, deployed on a users’ channel of choice, can increase response rates.

Using proactive communication

Rather than thinking about how to improve your AI tools to deal with angry customers, a better solution is to speak to them before they become angry. Currently, the debt collection conversation usually begins with a letter – striking letterhead, serious typeface, firm language. That letter prompts the debtor to get in touch – usually by phone or through your website. The conversation is already starting negatively. Unless they are a lawyer, member of parliament, or a love interest in an 18th century novel, it is unlikely that a formal letter is their preferred method of communication. 37% of people haven’t sent a letter in more than five years. They will likely feel threatened and cornered and forced to do something. By the time they are speaking to one of your workers, they’re understandably already angry. What if they can’t call during your contact center hours? They will now be greeted by an overly cheery chatbot, ill-equipped to resolve their specific case.

Businesses must implement AI more cleverly than in this reactive fashion. By using proactive automated communication, you can speak to customers at the first missed payment and explain options. You likely know the methods that your customers like to use to hear from you, so you can communicate to them in a more seamless way. The day after a missed payment, you can send a message inviting them to fix a mistake. If the case goes on longer, you can provide them with different options to pay it back. Even if later down the line they need a phone call, AI can do most of the legwork and give your contact center all the relevant background information they need. When the call takes place, you can save your users time and avoid them having to repeat themselves.

AI is the solution not the problem

If your users are dissatisfied by the AI tools you have implemented, it’s a fault of the application, not the technology. Chatbots are great for making happy customers happier but drastically fall down at dealing with more complex problems. Debt collection requires a better, more sophisticated solution, one that is proactive and seamless to help the user navigate their own individual challenges.

The Hidden Dangers of Blindly Embracing In Your Business

It’s no secret that AI is a trending topic hot on many organisations’ agendas and strategies. However, with the release of ChatGPT, and Machine Learning continuously evolving, cybersecurity service providers, ramsac, are advising businesses not to blindly jump in with AI. From malicious code to leaked data, using an LLM (large language model) could be detrimental to your organisation if used improperly.

The dangers of AI for businesses

With the media storm around ChatGPT, the site currently has around 100 million users and is visited 1 billion times every month. As an LLM it uses deep learning to provide answers to queries, statements or requests in a human-like manner. So, how is this dangerous?

LLMs rely on accessible data from the open internet to inform queries and responses for uses. Of the 100 million users, and the billions of requests already logged on ChatGPT, it’s possible for the organisation running the LLM to learn from this to store data for future responses. Think about it, ChatGPT doesn’t ask for your permission before use. As LLMs are unable to decipher confidential information against readily available information, company secrets or intellectual property could be leaked and lost.

What should businesses do when using LLMs?

– Avoid using public LLMs for business-specific tasks or information, such as reviewing redundancy options
– Use an LLM from a cloud provider or self-hosted as this is a safer option
– Consider the queries and requests before submitting them to LLMs as it’s possible for this information to be hacked and leaked
– Avoid including sensitive information on public LLMs, such as confidential data
– Submit business critical queries on private or self-hosted LLMs only
– Ensure up-to-date cybersecurity monitoring is enabled and active so breaches and threats can be detected

Without proper consideration for the queries and requests posted, information can be carelessly leaked which could result in major disruption and damage to an organisation. Unfortunately, it’s possible for LLMs to be hacked, exposing all queries alongside sensitive information. Around 39% of UK businesses were victims of a cyber-attack in 2022 and this is only set to rise in 2023 if minimal action is taken to protect businesses.


How do AI and LLMs affect business cybersecurity?

As technology develops, cybercriminals are also capable of evolving their methods too. Although the full extent of cybercrime is yet to be realised, it’s clear that more sophisticated phishing scams will most likely arise from LLM usage.  It is currently the most common form of cybercrime, with around 3.4 billion emails sent every day. Cyber attackers will be able to script and automate communication without spelling errors, making them less suspicious.

Bog standard anti-virus software is now redundant, especially as threats continue to adapt, evolve and learn. That’s why an always-on approach is necessary. Cybersecurity monitoring, running 24/7, is vital to tackle increasing threats and the sheer amount of event data and trends occurring online. Without proper consideration before using AI and LLM, it could put your business at risk.

Save Time and Money with Clinical Maestro

Strategikon has developed a platform called Clinical Maestro that is able to efficiently budget, source, and manage complex clinical programs. It is expected to transform how business infrastructure is managed, given that over $4 billion is annually spent on these services. We take a closer look to find out more about the company and the emerging new tool.

Strategikon aims to provide solutions and services to its customers so they can improve the efficiency of their companies. The CEO, Anca Copaescu, works closely with her team to produce ideas that are creative and innovative. The team has an extensive expertise in the pharma and CRO industry, which together with the company’s dedication to innovation, it has adopted unique methodologies and techniques to introduce Clinical Maestro to transform the industry.

The steps that usually take significant amount of time and resources, have now been accelerated thanks to Clinical Maestro. It provides modern and secure solutions for clinical business operations. This platform is beneficial for both sponsors and service providers that are involved in clinical trials – there are two editions available to be accessed through the web, one for providers and another for sponsors, each made specially to fit the needs of each client.

 “Can you really imagine a world in which cars are self-driving and multi-million-dollar RFPs are STILL run in Excel? We can’t either.”

Clinical Maestro eliminates time consuming manual processes and allow its customers to achieve improved efficiency, reduce costs, maximise tracking, and analytical insight. Its technology ensures that version control issues and human error are minimised or even eliminated. This improves productivity as it allows for more than one person to work together, seamlessly in real time. In addition, it allows its users to work with complete confidence in the accuracy of their data. It is the ideal solution for professionals who support clinical trial budgeting, proposal, contracting, or vendor management.

The software is user-friendly which makes it an intuitive and easy to use platform which promotes the user’s adoption, while reducing the need for extensive training. The team at Strategikon follow technology advances closely to be able to provide its customers with continuous updates and refinements. This way they can rely on Clinical Maestro to deliver timely, efficient, and accurate results.

Strategikon has dedicated time into crafting Clinical Maestro to bring its customers great advantages. To begin with, it has taken unformatted dormant data sets and turned them into structured data that can be analysed – this gives its customers access to unlock trends and analytics that are key to make informed decisions. This means that studies can start sooner instead of having to wait longer because the data is normally processed manually. It overall speeds up the process as then the study will finish sooner than it would have otherwise, meaning that the product will go into market a lot quicker.

In addition, its planning and budget is powered by benchmarks that stem out of blinded bids and contracts. Together with machine learning technology it teaches the system certain behaviours which leads to predictions to be increasingly more accurate. It is able to deliver 95%+ budget accuracy. Lastly, one of the most notable features is the end-to-end modular approach. It connects sponsors’ internal organizational functions, including clinical outsourcing, finance R&D, clinical operations, and project management. This enables transparency and collaboration between pharmaceutical sponsors and clinical service providers.

Clinical Maestro has proven to be a great success to many customers so far. If you are considering utilizing this great tool for your business, Strategikon’s website gives you access to case studies where you can request a sample budget comparison, videos and articles with a great deal of information, and much more to help you make up your mind. If you have any questions, don’t hesitate in contacting them!

Strategikon has been able to bring into the industry a tool that accelerated and facilitates various aspects of the clinical process, saving time and money for sponsors while also allowing service providers to make products available at a faster rate. Strategikon’s innovative and solution driven approach has been recognised – it now holds the title of Best End-to-End Clinical Trials Sourcing-Budgeting Solutions Provider 2023 – USA. The future awaits many more releases from Strategikon, and we look forward to seeing what those are!

For business enquiries, contact Karen Wills from Strategikon Pharma on their website –

How to Land a Great Role as an Intern in Your Dream Career Field

Whether you’re in the finance or business industry, getting an internship can help you impress your future employers. With that said, landing a great intern role can be a challenge if you don’t know what you’re doing. This article will help get you one step closer to your dream field.

How to Land a Great Role as an Intern in Your Dream Field

If you’re dreaming of landing a great role as an intern in your desired career field, then you’ve come to the right place. Here are 10 steps you can take to get your next big internship.

Research Potential Employers

Spend time researching potential employers that align with your career goals and interests. Get to know their company culture and values, as well as any current openings that may be available for interns. Some employers offer paid internships, so consider applying for those.

Build a Professional Profile

Build an online presence by creating a professional profile on LinkedIn that showcases your skills, experience, and qualifications for the position you’re applying for. If you have personal social media accounts, scrub them of any offensive content that could cost you the interview.

Write Out a List of Achievements

List out any previous accomplishments that would demonstrate why you’re an ideal candidate for an internship position at a particular company. This could include awards, publications, academic honors, internships, and volunteer experiences. Add this information to your resume. 

Create a Strong Resume 

A strong resume can set you apart from other applicants, but writing one isn’t easy. Consider looking at examples of well-written resumes in your industry before you create your own. For instance, this accounting intern resume is sure to impress banking and finance employers.

Write a Cover Letter 

When submitting your application, always include a cover letter that outlines why you’re interested in this role and why you would be an asset to their company. If you have a gap in your employment history, this is the perfect place to explain what you did during that time.

Network With Industry Professionals

Connect with professionals in your desired field by attending networking events or joining relevant groups on social media platforms. Networking is one of the best ways to find an internship, so focus on building mutually beneficial relationships with industry experts.

Apply to the Job 

Once your resume is complete, start submitting applications to potential employers. Make sure to customize each application depending on the requirements of the particular job. Use the right resume format and keywords found in the job post to bypass applicant tracking systems.

Follow up Multiple Times

After submitting your application, reach out directly by email or phone call and ask for an update on the status of your application. This shows initiative and interest in their company, which can help set you apart from other applicants. If you don’t get a reply, follow up a second time.

Prepare for the Interview

Once selected for an interview, prepare extensively by researching commonly asked interview questions and practicing how you will respond. You should also research current topics in the industry so that you can demonstrate your up-to-date knowledge during the conversation. 

Be Professional at All Times

Throughout each step of this process, it’s important to remain professional and courteous with all communication with potential employers or colleagues within this field. Doing so will show that you take yourself seriously. Employers love to hire interns with the right attitude.

In Conclusion…

It isn’t easy to get a job in your dream career as an intern, especially in the finance sector. But if you follow our tips, you’ll be one step closer to getting hired. Keep in mind that it’s easier to get an internship while you’re in college, so be sure to apply for one if you’re still in school.

Switching From Corporation To LLC: 4 Things To Know

Business goals, partnerships, and management styles can change occasionally. When the directors and executives of an established corporation wish to enjoy a more flexible management style and profit allocation, switching to a limited liability company (LLC) structure is a wise option. This structure provides the benefits of a corporation while allowing for more relaxed management and tax flexibility.

Switching or converting a corporation to an LLC cannot be done quickly and easily. So, before you decide to change the structure of your business, below are four things you should know:

1. Check If Your State Provides For Statutory Conversion

Switching a corporation to LLC can be done in several ways, and the process would differ depending on your chosen method.

In most states, a statutory conversion is available to aid corporations in their conversion. You must check with the laws of your state or consult a lawyer to familiarize yourself with the rules and processes. In most cases, the state will require your company to prepare an LLC conversion plan and then file it, along with other documents, with the state secretary.

If your state does not provide a statutory conversion, then you can consider the following methods:

  • Statutory Merger: If your state does not provide a statutory conversion specifically for corporations switching to LLC, then you can make use of a statutory merger. The difference, however, is that you must form an LLC first.

In a statutory conversion, the corporation is converted into an LLC without needing a new entity. On the other hand, in a statutory merger, the corporation and LLC merge into a new entity that operates as an LLC.

When the LLC is established, the corporation’s stockholders have to vote in favor of a merger and exchange their shares with LLC membership rights. Once the merger is approved, the new LLC entity will own the corporate assets, assume the remaining liabilities, and continue the life of the business.

  • Manual Conversion: The process is similar to that of statutory mergers. However, you must manually transfer the assets and liabilities of the corporation to the new LLC. After that, the corporation also needs to be dissolved.

The dissolution of the corporation will entail a different process since you need to file dissolution documents with the state secretary. Manual conversion is the lengthiest and most expensive method. Transfer of corporate assets to the LLC could incur tax liabilities, depending on the laws of your state.

A statutory conversion is the most straightforward method for corporations planning to switch to an LLC. A statutory merger is also a good alternative if your state does not provide statutory conversions.

2. Tax Implications

Switching your corporation to an LLC structure will have significant tax implications. As mentioned, transferring corporate assets to the new LLC can incur tax liabilities. In addition, LLCs are taxed differently than corporations.

LLCs are not subject to double taxation like corporations, where the company and its shareholders are taxed. Instead, LLCs are pass-through entities where profits and losses flow through the members’ tax returns.

This means that the LLC itself does not pay taxes, but rather the individual members are responsible for reporting their share of the profits or losses on their personal tax returns. It is important to ensure that all necessary documentation is prepared and organized during the adjustment phase to avoid issues during tax filing season.

3. Significant Changes In The Executive And Administrative Staff

LLCs are known for being more flexible in terms of management structure. LLCs can be managed by their owners or a designated manager, allowing for more control and decision-making power. This is unlike corporations, which must have a board of directors.

Additionally, LLCs are not required to hold regular meetings or keep formal minutes, reducing administrative tasks. This means some of your staff might be left without a job position or need to be reassigned to different departments.

During the adjustment period, you must prepare for possible tensions and conflicts. Aside from job loss, a change in management structures may result in confusion about roles and responsibilities. Thus, it’s essential to ensure the previous stockholders and directors, who are now LLC members, are on the same page during the switch.

4. Possible Loss Of Investors

Since LLCs are not bound to keep formal minutes or file records of corporate paperwork, some investors can lose confidence in your business. This lack of transparency can also make it difficult to secure funding or partnerships with larger companies that may require more formal documentation and record-keeping.

The solution is establishing a record-keeping system in the LLC to gain investor confidence.  The law may not require LLCs to keep formal corporate records, but they are not prohibited from doing it for their own benefit.  

The management needs to provide clear and concise information about the changes to avoid misunderstandings and rumors that could further damage investor confidence. Additionally, involving key stakeholders in decision-making can help build trust and ensure a smoother transition.

In Summary

Switching your corporation to an LLC will have management and tax implications. Possible conflicts will also arise between members due to changes in the management structure and business processes. Investor confidence might also be affected, but these situations can be mitigated through effective communication and transparency.

Keeping proper records can help your LLC build trust with potential investors and partners, as it shows that the company is committed to transparency and accountability. Additionally, a record-keeping system can help LLCs track their financial performance and make informed business decisions.

Everything You Need to Know Before Entering the Construction Industry

Are you considering a career change and contemplating entering the construction industry? If so, you’re in the right place. The construction sector offers a wide range of job opportunities, from manual labour to professional roles, such as architects and engineers. This blog post will discuss some crucial aspects you need to know before making the big move. We will cover various topics, including the types of jobs available, required qualifications, and the importance of obtaining a Construction Skills Certification Scheme (CSCS) card.

Acquiring the Necessary Qualifications

One of the first steps in changing careers into the construction industry is understanding the qualifications you need to possess. How to get a CSCS card is a common concern for those new to the field, as it’s a prerequisite for most construction jobs. The CSCS card demonstrates your competency and understanding of health and safety regulations on construction sites. To obtain this card, you must pass the Health, Safety, and Environment Test and provide evidence of the relevant qualifications for your desired role.

Depending on the job you’re aiming for, you may need to obtain additional qualifications. For example, a degree in engineering, architecture, or construction management may be necessary for professional roles. For skilled trades, such as carpentry or plumbing, completing an apprenticeship or obtaining a vocational qualification like the NVQ (National Vocational Qualification) is often required.

Understanding the Types of Jobs Available

The construction industry is vast, offering numerous job opportunities with varying skill levels and requirements. Here are some of the most common roles in the sector:

Manual Labourers: These individuals perform physically demanding tasks and may require minimal qualifications. Common roles include general labourers, groundworkers, and demolition workers.

Skilled Trades: These roles require specific skills and training, such as electricians, plumbers, carpenters, and bricklayers. A vocational qualification, like an NVQ or an apprenticeship, is typically necessary for these jobs.

Construction Professionals: These roles demand a higher level of education and expertise, including architects, civil engineers, and construction managers. A degree or equivalent qualification in a relevant field is often essential for these positions.

Administration and Support: Construction projects also require administrative and support staff, such as quantity surveyors, health and safety officers, and project coordinators. Qualifications for these roles may vary, but previous experience in a similar capacity or a relevant degree may be advantageous.

Embracing the Importance of Health and Safety

Health and safety are paramount in the construction industry, and it’s essential to understand the relevant regulations and best practices. The Health and Safety Executive (HSE) is the UK’s regulatory body for workplace safety, and they provide guidance on various topics, such as working at height, manual handling, and personal protective equipment (PPE). Familiarising yourself with HSE guidelines and obtaining a CSCS card will demonstrate your commitment to safety and help you stand out as a candidate.

Developing Transferable Skills

Changing careers can be a daunting prospect, but many skills you have acquired in previous roles may be transferable to the construction industry. Communication, teamwork, problem-solving, and time management are all valuable skills in construction, regardless of your specific role. When applying for jobs, highlight these skills on your CV and during interviews to showcase your adaptability and potential as an employee in the sector.

Best Private Asset Broking Firm 2022 – United Kingdom

Fraser Coutts & Partners is a multi-award-winning specialist private international brokerage and advisory boutique working in the real assets space. Its founder, Fraser Coutts, is an economist, business advisor, and deal broker with over 25 years of experience in his field. The company provides a broad range of services, including real estate broking, economic and business advisory, and private asset broking.

The real estate broking division is a premier service that provides discreet and personalised assistance to property owners looking to achieve a private sale of their property. Alongside this, the company selectively works with investors and developers to find the perfect property for their needs, with a global reach and a specific focus on London/UK and mainland Europe. The team is highly experienced and capable of assisting clients with financing their properties and portfolios on both a debt or equity basis, providing expert advice and support at every step of the process ensuring that its clients receive the very best service possible.

The economic and business advisory division is a key asset for national and international clients seeking impartial and expert economic advice. The division specialises in a range of areas including country risk analysis, construction and real estate, economic development, regulation, interim management, CEO support, and overseas market support. The team at Fraser Coutts & Partners is dedicated to supporting ambitious CEOs and business owners to achieve their goals by providing a range of services designed to save clients time and money. Thus, the division’s expertise has helped many clients to grow their businesses and achieve success, and its commitment to impartiality ensures that clients receive advice that is unbiased and trustworthy.

Finally, Fraser Coutts & Partners offers an unparalleled experience in the private asset broking industry, providing high-end clients with a bespoke service that goes above and beyond. The company’s team of experts has access to a vast network of specialists in the global luxury industry, providing clients with exclusive access to rare and unique assets, including rare cars, yachts, private aircraft, diamonds, and more. Fraser Coutts & Partners understands that discretion is key when dealing with high-value assets, and the company prides itself on providing its clientele with the utmost confidentiality, making sure that every transaction is handled with the highest level of care and expertise.

It is this level of professionalism combined with its exceptional expertise, extensive network, and reputation as a trusted and independent advisor that led Fraser Coutts and Partners to win the award for UK’s Best Private Asset Broking Firm in 2022. The company has a wide range of clients, from high-net worth individuals to corporate entities and sovereign wealth funds and provides tailor-made solutions to help them grow their businesses and assets. Fraser Coutts and Partners’ extensive contact base of senior business leaders and investors across the globe makes it an ideal partner for businesses looking to expand their operations and investments. Ultimately, its ability to connect clients with exclusive opportunities and facilitate transactions in the utmost confidence has earned the company a reputation as a leader in the industry.

For more information, please visit or drop us an email in confidence at [email protected]

Four Must-Have Marketing Tools To Improve Your Business Success

Marketing is undoubtedly one of the most crucial parts of running a successful business. In today’s digital age, many marketing tools are available to companies of all sizes.

But as you may already know, there are so many options; thus, it can be challenging to determine which tools are most essential for achieving success.

This article will explore four must-have marketing tools for a successful business.

1. Email Marketing Software

Email marketing is one of the most influential and cost-efficient ways to reach and engage with customers. Email marketing software allows you to create and send targeted email campaigns, automate your email marketing efforts, and track your results.

With email marketing software, you can segment your email list based on demographics, interests, and behavior and send personalized messages that resonate with your audience.

The most popular email marketing software options include Mailchimp, Constant Contact, and Campaign Monitor. When choosing an email marketing tool, it\’s essential to consider factors like ease of use, customization options, and integration with other tools and systems.

2. Social Media Management Software

Social media is another powerful marketing tool that can help businesses reach new audiences, build brand awareness, and engage with customers.

Social media management software helps you manage your social media channels from a single platform. You’ll be able to schedule posts in advance, track engagement and analytics, and monitor mentions and conversations about your brand.

Some popular social media management software options include Hootsuite, Buffer, and Sprout Social. When you\’re about to choose a social media management tool, make sure you consider several factors. You’ll want a system that can help you with everything surrounding social media platforms.

3. Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Tools

You may have already heard of SEO. It\’s short for Search engine optimization, which is about improving your website and content to rank better in search engine results pages like Google.

SEO tools can help you identify keywords and topics your target audience is searching for, optimize your content to rank for those keywords, and track your search engine rankings and traffic.

Many stores out there successfully optimize their SEO; here are a few examples:
• Transparent Labs
Huge Supplements
• Portraitflip
You can look more in-depth at how these companies approach search engine optimization.

A few examples of the most widely used SEO tools are Semrush, Ahrefs, and MOZ. Each tool has its own mechanism, so do your research and see which fits you and your goals the best.

When choosing an SEO tool, it’s essential to consider factors like keyword research and analysis, the ability to track competitors and backlinks, and the level of technical SEO support offered.

4. Content Management System (CMS)

A content management system (CMS) is a software platform that allows you to create, publish, and manage your website content. A CMS can help you streamline your website design and content creation process and make updates and changes quickly and easily.

Your website must be optimized for search engines to help you generate more traffic. Some of the most efficient CMS options include WordPress, Drupal, and Joomla. When choosing a CMS, consider aspects like ease of use, customization options, and the level of support and security offered by the CMS provider.

In conclusion, email marketing software, social media management software, SEO tools, and a content management system are essential marketing tools for any successful business.

These tools can help you reach and engage with your target audience, improve your search engine rankings and website traffic, and streamline your marketing efforts. By investing in these tools and leveraging their capabilities, you can achieve long-term success for your business.

A Guiding Light

North Star Communications Consultancy is a consultancy with core capabilities in communications talent development, as well as in employee/change communications strategy. It has provided communications consulting services to a string of prestigious clients over the years. We learn more from Founder and President, Mark Dollins, about his twinkling career to date and the reasons behind the firm’s latest win in the 2023 Global Excellence Awards.

Founded in 2011, North Star Communications Consulting (North Star) specialises in creating and executing strategies to keep employees engaged through change, whilst articulating and evaluating competencies and creating development plans to close talent gaps. On top of all this, the firm also offers coaching and training tailored to fit both individual and team needs.

With change management communications, North Star develops and deploys leader and employee engagement strategies that deliver measurable returns, and which are connected to business metrics that matter. With talent development, from identification of marketing and communications competencies to deploying assessment tools, change management and coaching for individuals and teams, North Star is uniquely positioned to drive successful talent management capabilities.

“The combination of insightful strategy, creative storytelling and metrics-driven communications programming is a powerful, unusual blend of art and science that yields innovative business performance in out-of-the ordinary ways,” explains Mark Dollins, the firm’s Founder and President. “Our values have remained a fixed as the name we chose for our firm: we honor our own North Star. We believe in listening first, delivering solutions that work, measuring what matters to our clients, and honouring our commitments as we strive to make the workplace better than it was before we partnered with our customers.”

Mark has been where the firm’s clients work today. As a 35-year corporate communications leader, including holding chief communication roles at some of the world’s largest companies, he understands how good communication can deliver results.

Mark began his career in broadcast and print journalism, working with ABC News and other print news outlets. He currently serves on the national advisory council of George Washington University’s School of Media and Public Affairs, served for eight years on LSU’s journalism advisory board for the Manship School of Communications, and holds a seat on The Conference Board’s Change & Transformation Council.

He received a bachelor’s degree in Radio/TV from The George Washington University, and a master’s degree in organizational communications from Purdue University.

Mark previously spent 17 years in executive communication leadership roles with PepsiCo. He was SVP and Chief Communications Officer at Pepsi Beverages and PepsiCo Americas Foods, and SVP of global internal communications, among other senior corporate roles. He led communications for PepsiCo’s 2011 acquisition of its anchor bottlers and ran merger communications for PepsiCo’s acquisition of The Quaker Oats Company, where he was VP of Corporate Communications. While at Quaker, he led both Corporate Communications and brand communications for Quaker, Life and Cap’n Crunch cereals, Aunt Jemima syrups and mixes, Rice-A-Roni, Gatorade, and Tropicana juices. He also led corporate public relations, internal communications, government affairs, philanthropy, and community relations.

From strategy to resources, competing priorities to disruptive and competitive marketplace forces, he understands the challenges that clients face because he’s literally been in their roles. Mark’s ability to coach and teach further strengthens his ability to partner with clients to develop and deliver solutions that matter.

“We’re laser focused on results that matter,” he enthuses. “We move far beyond outputs and focus on delivering outcomes. Change is never-ending in the business world, and communication is central to every successful change management effort. From mergers and acquisitions to digital transformation and cultural change, organisations need both strategies that engage the right internal stakeholders and creative solutions that engage heads hearts and hands of the people they employ. That’s where North Star shines.”

As the author of the first full-semester college textbook on Engaging Employees Through Strategic Communication and an adjunct professor at one of the world’s leading Journalism schools, he has deep, proven skill sets that allow North Star to fully understand the unique needs of his clients in driving employee engagement.

Today, North Star’s clients range from Consumer Goods (Signet Jewelers, owners of Kay, Zales and Jared brands) and helping develop communications talent and supporting its Chief Communications Officer; the Pittsburgh International Airport and its transformation efforts (building a new terminal, engaging workforce on change journey); Raytheon Technologies (re-defining critical internal communication tools, processes, competencies); and the Responsible Jewellery Council (London- focused on driving communications that shape member understanding of the organization’s global sustainability efforts).

“Each of these clients has unique needs that requires identifying best practices, emerging communication technologies and strategic counsel,” Mark elaborates. Drawing from one of the chapters in my new book, there is a chapter on emerging technologies, such as AI and its impact on employee communications. I’ve begun new research to understand what these new technologies can do, and how they can best support my clients, who are always looking to work smarter with the resources they have. AI will give them the opportunity to explore doing that.”

Having recently gained recognition in the AI Global Excellence Awards 2023 and being bestowed with the prestigious accolade of Best Business Communications Consultancy 2023 – Northeast USA, Mark and his dedicated team strongly believe that no other consultancy in the industry has the unique, blended experience of strategically running and advising local, regional, national and global employee communication and engagement functions; no other consultancy in the industry has led and/or counselled employee change and engagement communications for the largest mergers in history (Dow/DuPont and Raytheon/United Technologies Corporation); no other consultancy has developed the unique approach to marketing and communications competency development and assessment that North Star has; and no other consultancy has the research and academic partnerships that North Star has – resulting in first-ever published text books focused on employee engagement and communications.

And now, looking to the future, Mark has clear plans of where he wants to be with North Star over the next five years.

“Through our connections and partnerships with clients, universities and business schools, we will continue to explore emerging technologies, trends and their impact on employee engagement. From AI to block chain, remote working trends to cultural and digital transformation, we will provide new and future value through insights and anticipatory solutions for our clients and industry.

“We believe that’s what true leadership is: to be on the cutting edge of new, meaningful insights and act on them in ways that deliver measurable performance.

“We all can use a North Star from time to time – a strong, established guide to help us navigate challenging conditions and complex change.”

For further informatio, please contact Mark Dollins or visit

Polaris and Sealing System Enter Partnership

Polaris, the Nordic mid-market private equity investor, has acquired a majority shareholding in Sealing System – a Scandinavian supplier of intralogistics and full-scope automated packaging and palletizing lines.

Based in Grindsted, Denmark, Sealing System was established in 1998 and offers complete, automated end-of-line and intralogistics solutions, which optimise processes and production while ensuring efficient track & trace functionality, data capture and integration to customers’ IT systems. The company has around 155 employees at its facilities in Denmark, Norway and Belgium.

Sealing System covers the full process from layout and project management to installation and subsequent service of the solutions, which are based on third-party products from well-reputed robot manufacturers and suppliers of automated packaging machines as well as own palletizing machines. The company has generated average annual revenue growth of 25% since 2019 and reported revenue of more than DKK 200 million in 2022 with an operating profit (EBITDA) of DKK 20 million, in an industry characterised by rapid growth driven by increasing industrial automation and nearshoring of production.

“We see great potential in Sealing System, which is a well-run business with skilled employees and a unique position in an attractive market with good growth prospects. The company already supplies some of the largest and most quality-conscious companies in the food industry, the wider industrial production space and within the pharmaceutical segment. We look forward to cooperating closely with management and employees to reach more customers with Sealing System’s solutions and continue the growth in the coming years,” says Allan Bach Pedersen, Partner at Polaris.

The market for Sealing System’s solutions is expected to grow in the coming years, particularly in Denmark and a number of other European markets where more companies are focused on establishing automated production to simplify their supply chain, increase efficiency and mitigate higher salary costs. Sealing System has unique positions of strength within the food industry and industrial production as well as a rapidly increasing activities within the pharmaceutical industry and bioproduction of sustainable protein, where the company has developed an internal logistics solution for commercial insect production, in close cooperation with ENORM Biofactory.

”We are pleased to welcome Polaris and look forward to the partnership, which will provide Sealing System with the best foundation for leveraging our comprehensive experience and realising the growth potential our industry offers and our company deserves. We will gain access to a toolbox enabling us to strengthen our processes and management, focus the business and make the right strategic investments,” says Rolf Tange, CEO and co-founder of Sealing System.

In connection with the transaction, Sealing System will strengthen the board of directors with significant competencies in industrial production. Ib Nykjær, a board professional and previous CEO of SFK Leblanc and Tetra Pak Hoyer Equipment, will join the board as Chair.

”Polaris shares our great ambitions for Sealing System and will contribute to the development of the company, enabling us to become truly leading in our field by focusing on our customers and seizing the great opportunities in growth areas within the pharmaceutical industry and production of sustainable food, such as insects. We look forward to driving this development with Polaris and our fantastic employees,” says Kjeld Østergaard Jensen, Sales director and co-founder of Sealing System.

The ownership change does not entail changes to daily management or organisation, and existing customer relations are not affected. The parties have agreed not to disclose the purchase price.

Issue 4 2023

Welcome to the April edition of Acquisition International magazine. Recognised as a voice of modern business, we are passionate about providing vital updates to corporate readers so they can always be one step ahead.

Spring is upon us and with it comes a new sense of optimism and motivation for welcoming new opportunities and challenges. Thus, there is the desire and requirement to better ourselves so we can take these prospects on to the best of our ability, whether this be, for example, through training or by implementing the latest technology.

In this issue, we celebrate the businesses that are expanding the horizons and capabilities of others, and this could be in the form of delivering corporate training, digital infrastructure solutions, app development, or business communications consultancy.

These businesses are innovative through and through, driving change, surpassing expectations, remaining ahead of the curve, and excelling across the vast corporate landscape. We are delighted to be showcasing their hard work and the exceptional solutions and services they have on offer to enhance the operations of fellow companies.

We hope you enjoy reading through this issue and here’s to a wonderful month ahead. We look forward to seeing you again next month for more exciting and inspiring stories from the world of business.

How to Protect Your Employees from Accidents at Work

Preventing accidents in the workplace should be a priority for all businesses. Not only can they cause serious injuries but they can reduce productivity, leading to negative consequences, both financially and legally.

Accidents do happen, which is why preparing for the worst is key to reducing risk. To avoid accidents at work, you must understand the most common causes, be aware of legal requirements and put appropriate practices in place. If you fail to adhere to safety standards, your employees may be within their rights to make a work accident claim.

This guide will explain how to reduce the risk of accidents in the workplace and help protect your employees’ health and safety.

Educate employees and management

Cultivating a safety standard among all employees consistently is sure to be effective in improving awareness of risk. Run through the importance of following safety measures and train staff to use dangerous equipment effectively.

It’s recommended that you also screen applicants to ensure they are well equipped to manage their roles, assigning tasks to their physical capabilities.

Provide protective equipment

The correct personal protective equipment is essential and should be strictly enforced and regulated during hiring, meetings and monitoring. Take time to properly teach each member of staff how to use each piece of equipment, which usually includes hard hats, gloves, ear plugs, and face masks.

To go that step further, make sure the protective equipment is properly fitted for each employee. This should be done by a professional and will ensure that staff members have safety equipment true to their size and shape, which will help to reduce the risk of injury.

Conduct regular inspections

In some lines of work, the use of dangerous equipment can’t be avoided. Industries like construction, manufacturing and shipping pose the highest risk to employees and so require additional scrutiny.

Perform regular inspections on all machinery that is to be operated by staff members, ensuring they are safe and function properly. If something suddenly breaks or appears to be operating unusually, make sure employees stop using the equipment immediately. Either have the item professionally repaired or replaced – injuries will likely cost much more than a machine part.

Offer employees support

Whilst workplace accidents are usually caused by the work environment and dangerous machinery, other factors like experience and physical and mental health can also be a major cause for concern. If an employee becomes tired or is overworked, their mind will likely be elsewhere. And lack of attention and awareness can easily lead to serious injuries.

Offer all employees a comprehensive list of mental and physical health resources and a sizable benefit plan. If you notice an individual becoming particularly tired, have them take frequent and longer breaks or send them home until they are feeling up to the job. When an employee feels healthy and supported, their work is better and everyone is much safer.

Top places to find skilled specialists for your startup: React developers for hire

You’ve just decided to hire React developer talent for your cutting-edge project. You’re brimming with excitement, but there’s a problem: where do you find these elusive experts to make your vision a reality? Fret not, fearless leader, for we have the answer to your burning question! Dive into the marvelous world of React developers for hire, where we unravel the mystery of locating skilled specialists to breathe life into your masterpiece. Let’s set the wheels in motion!

How to hire React developer: unleashing the power of networking

Every contact can be the missing piece of the puzzle in the interconnected realm of the internet. When you’re looking to hire React programmer talent, it’s essential to keep your ears to the ground and utilize your personal network. Reach out to friends, colleagues, and acquaintances in the tech industry, for their recommendations may be the Rosetta Stone to your success. With luck on your side and a dash of charm, you might just find a trove of qualified professionals ready to help you conquer the world!

Online communities – a river of knowledge

Dipping your toes into online communities like GitHub, Stack Overflow, and Reddit can prove fruitful in your search for React JS developers for hire. These forums are bustling hives of activity where developers share their wisdom, discuss pressing issues, and showcase their skills. Engage with these communities and cast a wide net to increase your chances of finding the perfect match.

Conferences and events – where you build bridges

The tech industry is a carousel of conferences, meetups, and workshops, providing fertile ground for discovery. Keep your finger on the pulse of upcoming events to unearth and hire React JS talent, as these gatherings often attract the cream of the crop. Rubbing shoulders with like-minded individuals, you may stumble upon a collaboration that’s written in the stars.

Sowing the seeds of success: the power of job boards and marketplaces

Job boards and marketplaces are treasure troves of talent waiting to be mined. Popular platforms like LinkedIn, Indeed, and Glassdoor can help you in your quest to hire React developer specialists. Be sure to create a captivating job listing that reflects the spirit of your venture, drawing in candidates who share your vision and drive.

Remote talent

Gone are the days when geographical boundaries limited your search for a professional. Embrace the wonders of remote work and expand your horizons by considering freelance marketplaces such as Upwork, Toptal, and Freelancer. These platforms bring together talented individuals from all corners of the globe, providing a wealth of options for those on the hunt for React developers.

Talent pools and recruitment agencies – let’s tap in

Should you find yourself in a tight spot and unable to locate the perfect candidate, recruitment agencies and talent pools may be your saving grace. Specialized agencies such as Toptal and ProCoders cater to the needs of businesses seeking the services of expert React developers. Make use of these resources to find a professional that fits your needs like a glove.

The art of interviews and selection

Finding the perfect React developer is like finding a needle in a haystack, but once you’ve narrowed down your candidates, it’s essential to separate the wheat from the chaff. Conduct interviews with an eye for detail, and put candidates through their paces with coding tests and other technical evaluations. Above all, trust your instincts and go with the individual who complements your team and understands your vision.

As you sail forth on your grand adventure to hire React developer talent, remember that the perfect match is out there, just waiting to be discovered. Comb through your networks, scour online communities, attend industry events, explore job boards, tap into global markets, and engage with specialized agencies to ensure that no stone is left unturned. With a spirit of determination, a keen eye for detail, and an unyielding passion for your project, you’re sure to find that elusive React developer who will help turn your dreams into reality.

Final words

It’s not that easy to hire React developer who will suit your needs. But beware – if you find one, keep them. Some are not that lucky, and they’ll do their best to hijack your experts.

Business Success: Five Ways AI Can Aid Human Connection and Collaboration

Technology is constantly changing the way we work, and automation is something business owners will be keeping an eye on in the future. This is definitely the case with artificial intelligence, with the global market for AI predicted to reach $267 billion by 2027.

Film and media have warned us that if AI becomes too intelligent, it will take over, and these concerns have fed into real-life fears about technology replacing humans. One study found that around 68.5% of college graduates thought that technology would render them useless or lose their job to it in the near future.

However, AI can aid human connections and collaborations. With some insights from Rose Moody, Creative Director at Vitec, we’ll take a look at what the results can be, as well as how it can benefit the world of business.

1. AI helps improve productivity

Implementing AI into your business practices can improve employee productivity. As a result, this helps them work more collaboratively. Take meetings for example – you could use an AI program to transcribe the meeting so that you can refer to it later. It could also offer insights on recurring meetings.

The customer service industry also has a lot to gain from this tech. Economic Impact and Genesys conducted a survey which found that 65% of customer experience leaders saw an increase in agent productivity. This shows that it isn’t just workplaces benefiting from AI helping their collaborations; it’s connecting employees to customers as well.

2. More inclusivity and strengthening connections

Over the past few years, remote working has become part of the fabric of working life. In the U.S. alone, over 4.7 million people are using that option. This is another area where AI can assist in forming and strengthening connections.

One of the main pieces of tech used for remote working is video calling, but weak connections can stop work dead in its tracks and slow employees down. However, advancements in AI have seen that it can help boost connections. This lowers the possibility of issues on the call, as well as having the option to make files less big and keeps the collaboration flowing. You could even use it to adjust your lighting and background on the call if you wanted to feel closer to the office.

3. A more personal experience

By using AI to give the option of personalisation to customers, you can improve your connection with them as a result. AI tools can take data and use it to learn what their specific audience wants within their experience and tailor the content to meet those needs.

When a customer feels catered to, this can have a positive impact on customer engagement and can lead to returning business establishing loyalty. And if they have any further needs, AI chatbots can be installed so that simpler questions can be answered quickly and efficiently. This is efficient and allows more time for human agents to focus on the more difficult enquiries from customers.

4. Decision-making

Another area where AI can be useful is finalising decisions. When you have a group of employees collaborating on something creative, it can be hard to pin down one of the many ideas that get thrown into the mix. Some AI tools can be programmed to recognise and analyse certain ideas, with a particular focus on isolating them and making a decision based on data.

There are some digital options for sharing the decision-making process with your employees through the likes of IPTV distribution. So, no matter whether you’re in the office or working remotely, you can feel part of the collaboration and see the progression alongside the rest of the business.

5. Learning benefits from AI

A great business practice to have is established training courses, which AI could help boost. No matter where you land within a business structure, there are always more knowledge and skills to learn in order to progress individually and help the company grow.

However, some of these courses may not be succinct or easy to follow. This is where AI comes in, as it could track where the employees need help in their learning. This aids as a tracking system that can help those who need an extra hand in a more collaborative approach. It’ll also make your employees feel valued and encourage them to maintain their drive to learn more and grow.

Throughout business structures, there are numerous ways that adding artificial intelligence can help boost your processes. Once you’ve gotten past the idea of AI making humans obsolete, you begin to see how many human aspects, such as connecting with others and overall engagement, would be helped by AI. Keeping your employees and customers on good terms and happy is important as a business leader, and AI can help maintain that. All of this helps in making sure your business sees success both externally and internally.

How Wrongful Death Attorneys Help Loved Ones of Victims Seek Maximum Compensation

While nothing can bring your loved one back after a wrongful death, and no amount of money can truly compensate you for your loss, receiving maximum compensation can bring your family a sense of justice, closure, and financial security. Losing a loved one due to another party’s negligence takes an unimaginable toll – on your emotions and finances.

In Alberta, Canada, the FAA or Fatal Accidents Act is the guideline for handling wrongful death lawsuits. An executor must file the wrongful death lawsuit within two years from the date of the fatality. If you reside in Edmonton and are a loved one of a wrongful death victim, you must contact wrongful death lawyers in Edmonton.

If you’re eligible to pursue monetary compensation, your wrongful death lawyer can investigate your loved one’s death, determine the appropriate recompense, file a claim on your behalf, and handle the case in a way that optimizes your odds of success.

What is a Wrongful Death Claim?

A wrongful death claim is a civil lawsuit filed by family members and dependents of a person who dies due to another person or entity’s negligence or intentional misconduct. This type of claim is filed to seek compensation for family members’ losses due to their loved one’s untimely death. Damages can be economic and non-economic and are typically related to the following:

  • Funeral expenses
  • Burial or cremation costs
  • Medical expenses before the deceased’s death
  • Pain and suffering caused to the deceased before dying
  • Lost wages and earning capabilities
  • The survivors’ emotional distress injury
  • The loss of guidance or parental support that would have been provided by the deceased
  • Services the victim provided, such as childcare
  • Reduced or lost inheritance that would have otherwise been received
  • Loss of companionship or loss of consortium

The amount of compensation that family members and dependents receive is determined by various factors, including:

  • The deceased’s health before their untimely death
  • The age of the deceased
  • The deceased’s income, training, education, and earning capabilities
  • Total medical and funeral costs
  • The age and situation of the survivors
  • Benefits the survivors have lost, such as retirement and health insurance
  • Maximum compensation in a wrongful death case can range anywhere from a few hundred dollars up to the policy limits of the insurance coverage.

How Wrongful Death Attorneys Help Victims Seek Maximum Compensation

Investigating the Case

Wrongful death cases are often murky. Confusions or misunderstandings may result in people giving conflicting statements regarding what happened. Still, the liable party may attempt to shift blame or cover things up to avoid responsibility.

A wrongful death attorney can thoroughly investigate the case to determine what happened, gather evidence, and identify all liable parties.

Providing Guidance Throughout the Legal Process

Navigating the legal system can be confusing and overwhelming. It’s difficult for a person without legal training and experience to understand all the statutes and regulations that apply to their case. Moreover, one simple mistake can compromise a person’s ability to obtain financial compensation.

An attorney experienced in wrongful death cases will help you navigate the law, handling all the hard work and details to maximize your chances of success. Notably, a lawyer will ensure your claim is filed within the statute of limitations. In Alberta, a wrongful death claim must be filed two years from the date of the wrongful death.

Providing Expert Negotiations

These cases require an enormous burden of proof to show what your loved one endured leading up to their death. You also need to highlight how your family was affected by their death.

Most wrongful death cases in Edmonton, for instance, are settled out of court. Wrongful death lawyers can help you negotiate a fair settlement with insurance companies. Insurers often try to lowball claimants, but with an experienced attorney, you can rest assured that your rights are protected and you’ll receive maximum compensation.

Representing Claimants in Court

If the insurance company refuses to offer fair compensation, wrongful death attorneys have courtroom experience and are prepared to represent you during the trial. They will collect and present evidence, make legal arguments on your behalf, cross-examine witnesses, and fight for your rights.

Contact an Experienced Wrongful Death Attorney Today

If you’ve lost a loved one due to medical negligence, you should immediately obtain legal help. Wrongful death cases are time-sensitive, and waiting too long to seek legal representation could jeopardize your ability to recover significant monetary damages.

A skilled wrongful death lawyer can evaluate your case, discuss all your legal options, and file your claim within the statute of limitations. They can help you achieve maximum compensation through settlement or litigation.

Having the right attorney allows you to focus on healing.

How to Choose the Best Ecommerce Consultant for Your Online Store

Today, ecommerce is on the rise. According to Statista, ecommerce accounted for nearly 19% of retail sales worldwide in 2021 and is forecast to reach almost a quarter of total global retail sales by 2026.

However, the increasing competitiveness, rapid advancement of ecommerce technologies, and growing demand for excellent customer experience can prevent some companies from capitalizing on ecommerce growth.

To overcome these challenges, digital merchants can seek out ecommerce consulting services to help them identify areas for improvement, build an effective ecommerce strategy, and find a technical solution suitable for the company’s goals.

But how to find qualified ecommerce consultants for your ecommerce business? This article describes seven steps to select the right consulting provider and make the best out of working with them.

What ecommerce consultants do

Ecommerce consultants are outside specialists that help digital merchants improve their web stores and overall ecommerce performance. Good ecommerce consultants have a broad expertise and profound knowledge of ecommerce’s various aspects, such as business processes, technologies, digital experiences, and customer engagement techniques.

For example, ecommerce consultants can help with:

  • detecting reasons for cart abandonment
  • targeting the right audience and reaching new customers
  • improving conversion rates 
  • adopting techniques to boost sales
  • adding multiple customer contact channels to your website
  • ecommerce search optimization

Additionally, ecommerce consultants can run a comprehensive audit of your web store and create an actionable roadmap for improving its performance and revenue.


Why businesses need ecommerce consultants

Hiring ecommerce consultants offers many advantages to retailers. First, being third-party agents, consultants can give an unbiased assessment of an ecommerce store and freely point out its shortcomings.

Second, companies can save time and money because recruiting a candidate as an ecommerce consultant is cheaper and more efficient than hiring, onboarding, and training a full-time employee with a retail learning platform, especially if a consultant is needed only for a short-time project. 

What is more, by delegating the tasks of website analysis and strategy to ecommerce consultants, retailers can focus on more global business-related tasks. Finally, due to their experience and expertise, ecommerce consultants can discover new opportunities for business growth that store owners can be unaware of.

How to choose your best ecommerce consultant

Although there are plenty of individual ecommerce consultants and consulting firms, companies can struggle to find the best fit for their business. The best way is to pick up several ecommerce consultants meeting your basic requirements and follow these seven steps to narrow down your options.

1. Identify your needs

Some consulting service providers can offer a one-stop solution for more common ecommerce problems, while others can specialize in specific areas. So, it is essential first to decide what do you want to achieve and then look for a specialist who can do it. 

Determine whether you need a general overview of your ecommerce store or a drill-down into a specific issue. If you have a specific problem to solve, you need to look for a consultant with relevant skills and experience.

2. Look for consultants working with your business type 

Since ecommerce business models vary in many ways, choosing an ecommerce consultant that works with similar businesses as yours is vital to success. Helping a particular company type, ecommerce consultants get to know all the intricacies of their trade and can give the most relevant recommendations.

Here is a rundown of ecommerce business characteristics that need to be considered:

  • a startup or established business
  • B2C or B2B
  • type of products sold
  • business size
  • sales market

3. Match your budget with consultancy fees

Another important factor is the budget you plan to spend on ecommerce consulting services. Consultants’ fees typically vary based on the type of tasks as well as the client’s size and specifics; some specialists can also ask for an advance payment. What is more, global consulting firms can have a fixed minimum contract term which can be unbearable for small ecommerce companies.

Therefore, digital merchants should discuss consulting fees and a complete payment plan in advance to choose a service provider that fits their budget.

4. Evaluate the consultants’ experience

Experience is one of the crucial factors to consider before hiring an ecommerce consultant. Many years in the industry can be a sign of professionalism and a high level of skill.

However, you should also ask potential consultants to provide additional information, such as the number of clients or client retention rate, certifications, strategies they use, and previous success stories for clients with similar ecommerce issues.

5. Explore the candidates’ portfolio

The portfolio will give you a better idea of the consultants’ achievements, clients they have worked with, niches they are experienced in, and the scale of the completed projects.

In addition, you can find clients with cases matching your company’s and get an idea of the impact of the consultants’ involvement.

6. Study reviews and testimonials

After you’ve studied the portfolio, researching clients’ testimonials and reviews can help get a fuller picture of a potential ecommerce consulting service provider. Moreover, the feedback can reveal additional details about how a particular consultant works with clients.

Reliable ecommerce consultants usually post testimonials on their websites to demonstrate how they helped their clients achieve success.

7. Get to know your candidates

Once you’ve completed your background check and picked out top candidates, schedule a call with each of them or visit their office to meet the team. In a personal conversation, you can better describe your business, challenges, and details of your project. 

What’s more, the initial discussion will give you an understanding of the consultant’s social skills and company values. In the end, interpersonal skills are as important as expertise in ecommerce consultants and can be a substantial factor working for or against a certain candidate.

In addition, during a meeting, you can freely ask any questions that concern you. For example, you can ask about their work process and collaboration with the clients. Finally, you should ask about the KPIs they use and how they help measure the project’s success.

Wrapping up

Ecommerce consultants help businesses properly adapt to the constant changes in the industry, bridge the gaps in the ecommerce strategy and technology, improve ecommerce performance, and discover new business opportunities. But to make investments in ecommerce consulting services most effective, companies should find a consultant that will perfectly match their requirements.

Although spending time and effort on preliminary research can seem overwhelming and unnecessary, finding the right professional will lead to significant business growth and stronger positions in the market.

5 Ways To Lessen Your Business’s Carbon Footprint

The world is becoming more aware of environmental sustainability. Industries are shifting how they operate, from sourcing and production to waste disposal, to meet their obligations in environment conservation.

Your business’s carbon footprint is the total amount of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases, such as methane, emitted by your daily operations. Reducing your business’ carbon emissions will help preserve the environment, slow climate change, and optimize resources. If you’re wondering how to do it, here are a few pointers:

1. Shift To Sustainable Energy

One way to reduce your corporate carbon footprint is by using sustainable energy, such as geothermal, wind, hydroelectricity, biomass, and solar energies. Sustainable energy doesn’t emit greenhouse gases that lead to climate change and global warming. It also eliminates the over-reliance on fossil fuels, which are affected by geopolitical tensions and price volatility.

There are many ways to achieve sustainable and affordable energy for your business. They include the following:

  • Source Energy From Sustainable Suppliers: You can start sourcing your power or energy from suppliers who produce their energy from sustainable or renewable sources such as hydroelectricity, solar, and wind farms instead of the usual electricity suppliers. You can even sign a Corporate Power Purchase Agreement to ensure you stick to this plan
  • Invest In Thermal, Wind, Or Solar Power: Another option is being your sustainable energy source by investing in solar panels, wind farms, or thermal power. This ensures you control your company’s energy supply, reducing outages that may affect production and other daily operations.
  • Purchase Rechargeable Electronics: These are more environment-friendly than non-rechargeable batteries, contributing to electronic waste. Using rechargeable electronics ensures you reduce your company’s carbon footprint, which adheres to the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

Sustainable energy not only lessens your business’ carbon foot but also reduces your operating costs and future-proofs your business. Therefore, you may want to source from sustainable suppliers, such as Airis energy, for safe and reduced energy costs.

2. Practice Sustainable Waste Management

Reducing your business carbon print doesn’t end with sourcing sustainable energy. You must also consider incorporating the three Rs—reduce, reuse, and recycle—in every aspect of your business, from office supplies to office processes and packaging.

The first step to proper waste management is reducing the amount of waste your organization produces. You start by avoiding unnecessary packaging and using fewer disposable items such as plastic cans and paper cups. 

The next step is reusing items in good condition instead of disposing of them after a single use. For instance, you can donate old furniture and machines or repair broken ones instead of discarding them. You can also use packaging and containers a couple of times.

Lastly, recycle wastes or products that can’t be reused. Recycling involves remanufacturing wastes into new and reusable materials. For instance, you can buy recycled paper and IT equipment instead of new ones. You can also organize with a recycling company to collect your recyclable materials, such as aluminum cans, cartons, and rigid plastic products.

Besides decreasing your business’s carbon footprint and conserving the environment, reducing, reusing, and recycling also reduce operating costs. Doing all three saves energy, optimizes resources, and reduces raw material demands.

3. Reduce Energy Consumption

Energy consumption is the major contributing factor to companies’ carbon footprint, and one way to ensure your business is more eco-conscious is by reducing the overall energy consumption. It promotes long-term financial savings and reduces your business’s carbon footprint.

You can manage your energy consumption in many ways, including buying quality energy-certified equipment, optimizing cooling and heating systems, and taking advantage of natural lighting. The best part is that software solutions like energy managers monitor your overall energy consumption if you operate on a large scale.

4. Reduce Corporate Travel

Transportation is a massive contributor to greenhouse gas emissions, and reducing corporate travel is one way of contributing to a healthy environment. You can start by decreasing the air and road trips your team members make to attend business meetings, training, and conferences. You can integrate communication and collaboration tools that enable video conferencing and information sharing.

When your business entails a lot of traveling, formulate policies promoting sustainable transport means. For instance, you can encourage employees to use public or shared transport. Also, you can set travel allowance to limit your team to specific means of transportation.

5. Offset Your Carbon Emission

Offsetting your business carbon emissions refers to taking various actions to compensate for the greenhouse gasses your company produces. It involves directing a certain amount of money to the government and private schemes or programs to reduce carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions. In return, you get credits known as carbon offsets when you invest in these projects.


Reducing your business’s carbon emission allows you to take part in controlling climate change and reducing global warming. Adapting sustainable techniques, such as recycling, reducing energy consumption, and sourcing sustainable energy, creates a win-win situation for the environment and your business.

10 Industries That Must Adopt The Use Of e-Signatures In 2023

Electronic signatures (e-signatures) are becoming increasingly important across various industries as the world becomes more digitized and environmentally conscious. E-signatures are more convenient and secure, saving time while simultaneously reducing your carbon footprint.

In 2023, several industries must adopt e-signatures to keep up with technological advancements and meet consumers’ evolving demands. This article highlights the top industries that should prioritize the adoption of e-signatures.

1. Banking And Finance

Banks and financial institutions are known for processing a high volume of transactions and paperwork daily. From opening new accounts to processing loans and mortgages, adopting esign can streamline the entire process, reducing the need for physical paperwork and in-person appointments.

Adopting e-signatures can improve customer experience, enhance security, and reduce operational costs. Furthermore, e-signatures can play a crucial role in addressing regulatory compliance and fraud prevention.

2. Healthcare

The healthcare industry generates massive amounts of paperwork, such as patient records, consent forms, and prescriptions. E-signatures play a vital role in meeting HIPAA compliance by providing a secure, efficient, and reliable method for handling sensitive patient information in electronic transactions. Compliant e-signature solutions adhere to strict security standards, safeguarding the integrity and confidentiality of protected health information (PHI) while ensuring that only authorized individuals can access and sign documents.

Furthermore, these solutions maintain accurate, tamper-proof audit trails that record each transaction’s details, including timestamps and user identification, which are essential for demonstrating compliance during audits. By incorporating HIPAA-compliant e-signatures into their processes, healthcare providers can streamline workflows, minimize the risk of data breaches, and maintain the trust of patients while adhering to regulatory requirements.

3. Real Estate

Real estate transactions typically involve many documents, such as purchase agreements, mortgage applications, and lease agreements. E-signatures can significantly speed up the process, allowing buyers, sellers, and agents to sign documents remotely and securely.

This technology can also help reduce the risk of document loss or damage, streamline the negotiation process, and ensure timely closings. As the real estate market becomes increasingly competitive, adopting e-signatures can give agencies an edge in providing efficient and seamless client transactions.

4. Legal Services

The legal industry relies on extensive documentation, such as contracts, affidavits, and court filings. E-signatures can help law firms and legal departments streamline processes, reduce printing and courier services costs, and increase overall efficiency. By embracing e-signatures, legal professionals can expedite the signing and execution of documents while maintaining a secure, tamper-proof digital trail.

5. Education

E-signatures can benefit educational institutions—from primary schools to universities. They can simplify administrative processes like admissions, enrollment, and financial aid applications. E-signatures can facilitate remote learning, allowing students and instructors to sign and submit assignments and assessments electronically. Moreover, e-signatures can be used to manage staff contracts, reducing the need for physical paperwork and making it easier to track and store employment documents.

6. Government Agencies

Government agencies often face bureaucratic hurdles and lengthy processing times for various tasks, such as permit applications, tax filings, and benefit claims. By implementing e-signatures, these agencies can streamline their operations, reduce wait times for citizens, and improve overall efficiency. In addition, e-signatures can help governments maintain secure, tamper-proof records, minimizing the risk of fraud and ensuring data integrity.

7. Human Resources

Human resources deal with numerous documents, such as work agreements, tax documentation, and performance assessments. Electronic signatures can assist these departments in optimizing their procedures and enhancing the overall experience for employees.

With electronic signatures, personnel management professionals can simplify remote onboarding, allowing new team members to finish required paperwork remotely. Moreover, electronic signatures contribute to better management and tracking of employee records. This is by minimizing the likelihood of misplacing crucial documents and guaranteeing adherence to employment laws and regulations.

8. Retail And E-commerce

The retail and e-commerce industry can benefit significantly from adopting e-signatures, particularly when managing supplier agreements, purchase orders, and contracts. E-signatures can help businesses expedite the procurement process and ensure the secure management of contractual documents. In addition, e-signatures can improve the customer experience by simplifying the sign-up process for loyalty programs, credit applications, and product returns.

9. Insurance

The insurance industry manages many documents, including policy applications, claims processing, and renewals. By adopting e-signatures, insurance companies can streamline their workflows, reduce processing times, and enhance customer satisfaction. E-signatures can also help reduce paperwork-related errors and ensure sensitive client information is handled securely. As the industry becomes more competitive, insurance providers that embrace e-signatures will be better equipped to deliver seamless and efficient services to their clients.

10. Transportation And Logistics

Transportation and logistics companies manage extensive documentation of shipping, customs, and supply chain operations. Using e-signatures can significantly improve the efficiency of these processes, reducing the need for physical paperwork and enabling real-time tracking and updates.

E-signatures can also improve security and compliance, ensuring that important documents like bills of lading, proof of delivery, and customs declarations are signed, stored, and transmitted securely. As the global supply chain becomes more complex, transportation and logistics companies that adopt e-signatures will be better prepared to navigate the industry’s challenges.


Integrating e-signatures in diverse sectors is essential to maintaining a competitive edge. By harnessing the power of e-signatures, organizations can streamline their operations, bolster security, reduce expenses, and elevate the overall experience for both customers and employees. Industries that adapt to the changing times and thrive in a world where digital transformation and environmental consciousness are key drivers of success.

Chattel Mortgages for Business Vehicles: Is It the Right Choice for You?

A lot of companies turn to leasing or buying to acquire their business vehicles. These business strategies do work under the right conditions—but certainly not all of them.

If you want to possess a car title under your firm’s name but don’t have the finances to acquire it just yet, you can consider applying for a chattel mortgage.

This type of loan is a fantastic way to get you jumpstarting your business operations earlier than intended without having to risk potential long-term debt. It’s also ideal for companies that intend to own their vehicles in the long-term future.

Depending on your specific situation, considering a chattel mortgage can be the right business strategy for you. With that said, let’s take a look at what chattel mortgages are and some of the advantages of getting this form of financing.

What is A Chattel Mortgage?

A chattel mortgage refers to a type of loan in which a movable asset class (or “chattel“) such as a car is used as collateral. It’s an arrangement between a lender (typically a bank or credit union) and a borrower, where the loan would be used to purchase the asset.

How Does a Chattel Mortgage Work?

When a borrower applies for a chattel mortgage to purchase a movable asset, the lender provides a loan for the said asset. The borrower can use the vehicle for profitable operations, but legally, it’s under the ownership of the lender until the mortgage is fully paid out.

In a chattel mortgage scheme, the lender has a security interest in the vehicle. This means that if a borrower defaults on the loan, the lender can legally repossess the asset to recover the outstanding debt.

But if the payments are timely, the borrower can use the vehicle in any capacity as long as it’s within the bounds of the contract. The only difference between a chattel mortgage setup and full ownership is that lender has a legal claim over the vehicle until the loan is fully repaid.

Once the loan is fully repaid in monthly repayments, the security interest is removed, and the borrower owns the vehicle outright. The ownership will be transferred to the borrower, and the vehicle can no longer be legally claimed by the lender.

4 Benefits of a Chattel Mortgage Setup

A chattel mortgage can be advantageous for businesses and self-employed individuals in several ways. This includes:

Flexible payment structure

Want to hold ownership of a vehicle (or an entire fleet) without taking the risk of putting down an enormous down payment? A chattel mortgage allows you to pay smaller amounts over a period, making it easier to budget your costs effectively. You also have more flexibility over the term, typically ranging from 2 to 5 years.

Not only do chattel mortgages allow you to do a repayment scheme, but you can also get into an agreement with the lender to lower the monthly repayments. You can do this by agreeing to do a lump sum balloon payment at the end of the contract. That said, be cautious as this can increase the interest rate of your mortgage.

You can claim benefits

In the case that you’re applying for a chattel mortgage for a business vehicle or equipment, you’ll be pleased to know that you’re eligible for some excellent benefits.

In Australia, the borrower can claim a credit from the goods and services tax (GST) you used to initially pay for the vehicle. Furthermore, any interest charged on the loan can also be claimed as a tax deduction. Depreciation costs can also be claimed if you’ve been using the chattel for solely business purposes.

Take note, this type of mortgage plan isn’t secured by the National Consumer Credit Protection Act (NCCP Act) in Australia. Be sure to talk with a financial expert or click here for more information regarding chattel mortgages to ensure you’re following all the best legal practices.

Lower interest rates

Chattel mortgage schemes typically have lower interest rates than unsecured loans.

Since the chattel is already under their name, there’s a smaller incentive for lenders to jack up the interest rate compared to traditional lending services where the guarantee and documents associated with it would still need to go through rounds of hand-switching.

Easy to secure

Compared to a traditional immovable mortgage plan, applying for a chattel mortgage is quite a bit easier. This is because lenders are typically more open to providing loans for movable assets since they are often more liquid than assets like real estate.

This makes them an excellent option for businesses or individuals who don’t have a strong financial identity or credit score at this time.

5 Signs Your Business Would Benefit From Chattel Mortgages

Acquainted with the benefits of a chattel mortgage by now? Great!

Let’s take a look at five telltale signs that investing in one is the best strategy for your business.

  • Your business needs to preserve its cash flow for further investments or to reduce costs
  • You work in industries like IT or manufacturing, where your equipment and technology stack is constantly evolving
  • Your business is still in its budding stages but has shown good signs of growth
  • You have a comprehensive idea of your company’s direction, and your profitability is looking up.
  • Your business is qualified for tax write-offs in Australia.

If your firm relates to any of the above points, it could be highly beneficial for you to explore a chattel mortgage setup. 

Scour for quotes online and delve into the pros and cons of each term—you could end up with a deal of a lifetime.

Good luck!

The Role of Predictive Analytics in Business Growth and Revenue Forecasting

Companies need to be able to make data-driven decisions based on insights derived from their own data and industry trends. By leveraging data and statistical algorithms, predictive analytics can help companies forecast trends and identify opportunities to optimize their operations. Enigma’s small business data is a prime example of how predictive analytics can be used to drive growth and revenue. By analyzing small business data, Enigma can identify patterns and trends that would be difficult to detect using traditional methods. This allows small businesses to make informed decisions about everything from marketing and sales to inventory and supply chain management.

Customer Segmentation

One great example of how predictive analytics can boost small business growth is through customer segmentation – a process whereby customers are grouped according to shared attributes or behaviors (i.e., age group or spending habits). By understanding the needs and preferences of different customer segments, companies can tailor their offerings accordingly and target customers with precision marketing strategies which lead to improved conversions and greater returns on investment (ROI).

Revenue Forecasting

Revenue forecasting is another area where predictive analytics can drive business growth. Companies use revenue forecasting tools such as financial modeling software or machine learning algorithms to accurately predict future revenues based on historical data points such as past purchases or seasonal demand patterns. These tools enable businesses to make better-informed decisions about pricing strategies or promotional campaigns by understanding the market’s demand for certain products/services or what drives consumer buying behaviour.

Identifying Key Performance Indicators

Moreover, predictive analytics allows organizations to identify key factors which influence their current performance so they know exactly what elements need improvement in order to optimize operations going forward. For instance, by studying customers’ purchasing behavior over time, companies can determine which products are generating the most sales while cutting back resources allocated towards underperforming items. In addition, predictive models allow firms not just to predict future trends but also to measure whether they achieved desired outcomes from prior efforts; this helps adjust policies accordingly going forward in order to achieve desired goals more efficiently and increase profits accordingly.

Optimizing Resource Allocation

Overall, leveraging predictive analytics offers innumerable opportunities for small businesses looking to grow their bottom line without taking too much risk. Predictive models enable entrepreneurs to capitalize on lucrative opportunities available within their markets while avoiding costly mistakes that could hurt future success. By employing sophisticated yet user-friendly technology like Enigma’s small business data platform organizations can easily gather relevant insight into consumer behaviour; this information then enables them to develop targeted strategies aimed at increasing ROI and realizing long-term sustainable growth.


Predictive analytics is an invaluable tool for businesses of all sizes to make more informed decisions and anticipate future trends. By leveraging predictive analytics, companies can better understand their customer behaviour, identify new opportunities, and make data-driven decisions that can help accelerate business growth and revenue forecasting. In addition, this technology enables organizations to become more agile in responding to market changes and better prepared for the future by using accurate predictions as a guide.

7 Reasons Why Businesses Prefer to use Online PDF Tools

PDFs or Portable Documents initially started to be used back in the 90s and have become some of the most popular document formats used in the modern day. PDFs can be used for different purposes, from displaying presentations, spreadsheets, to using them for invoices, customer records, and more.

There are more than 2.5 trillion PDFs used in the world today and it’s a type of technology that is continuing to make improvements.

However, the real question is why businesses always prefer to use PDF tools? Let’s dive deeper into this article to find out.

7 Reasons businesses use online PDF Tools

Quick transfers

For online businesses, you must be able to send files quickly and in order to do that, you need to have smaller files. The larger the file is, the more challenging it becomes for you to send out files. For example, Gmail has a limit of 25 MB when you send out files. Anything larger than that won’t be sent out.

Additionally, larger files take more time to send out and a common issue is a file exceeding the limit set by sites or applications like Gmail. However, PDF documents don’t experience this issue and because of their small sizes, they can be used in different formats. Therefore, businesses can easily transfer them between each other since they have to transfer so many files between each other every day.

PDF files can be combined

Yes, you heard it. You can combine PDF files by using online tools. The real question is how do you use an online tool to merge PDF files together? Each tool you use to combine PDF files has a similar process, but let’s see how Smallpdf combines online PDF files. Here’s the process of how it’s done:

Drag and drop your PDFs in the PDF combiner Rearrange your individual pages in the order you desire. Add more files or delete them if required Click “Merge”

Easily compatible with many operating systems

When you are doing business online, you need to know that each of your customers and clients will be using different types of operating systems. Some users use Windows, while others like to use Mac. There are even many cases where users will do business through their smartphones.

However, this isn’t a problem for PDF files because they use different operating systems, regardless of which operating system you are using, Windows, Mac, iOS, or Android, you’ll be able to access PDF files without any difficulties. The elements of a PDF file will remain the same regardless of the operating system you are using.


Another good reason why you will want to use PDF files is that they have an additional level of security. Unlike many other file formats, all users who don’t have login details and aren’t authorized to use the data won’t be able to proceed past the encrypted stage.

In short, PDF is the safest alternative to use and in this case, data security is highly important to businesses nowadays. Overall, PDF tools provide lots of security features and when you use antivirus software, it provides an even higher level of security for you. This improved level of security helps you stay safe against online attackers and entirely disallow their access to unauthorized files.

PDF files are used worldwide

PDF files aren’t only limited to local areas, but are used worldwide. In 2008, PDF files became an open standard, further committing to its worldwide growth and usage. Therefore, PDF files are accepted worldwide and are most popular in the business world. Their easy usage, compatibility features, security level, and the ability to easily be shared on different operating systems make them a favorite for professionals.

Especially as remote work is growing throughout the world, teams amongst companies are becoming international and the use of PDF files is becoming a must. 16% of organizations worldwide are working entirely remote and PDF files are unaffected by distance and time zones, so in short, they give your professional remote work a much better look to it.

Easily integrates non-text components

Graphics are what make documents attractive and engaging. Visual elements such as graphs, charts, logos and images are what help you create superior invoices, reports and contracts. Your message can be processed much better, especially if you’re trying to make a point.

Visual components incorporated into your documents are sometimes challenging to do when you use a word processor. However, it’s not challenging to add graphics to your documents with PDF software. Not only do your documents become attractive, but they also create a visually stunning view.

PDF documents are free to read

Yes, you heard it, free. Buying PDF software might be expensive to do, but the great news is that the readers don’t need to pay money to do so. Many PDF readers are easy to install on your desktop or mobile device, meaning that even if you don’t have PDF software, you can still read and view PDF documents without investing a penny.

The whole reason why we use PDF files today

PDF files are widely used and they’re probably the primary reason why people feel so comfortable using them. Not only do they make sending files easy, but they also don’t take up storage space.

As remote work continues to grow throughout the world, sending out files as quickly as you can is important. PDF files allow this and the best part is that they offer you a high level of security compared to other file formats. Also, PDF files won’t allow any unauthorized users to access the file, so this is a great advantage for you.

All you have to do is open the file and read it, no need to pay a penny for it.

Tech Value Creation: Why Doing the Basics Well Can Ensure Growth for Privaty Equity Owners Without Costly Investment

Assessing current capabilities and future potential needs to take place at the earliest stage of the deal process

James Prebble, CEO and CO-Founder, Palladium

Technology permeates every aspect of business today, making technology and product due diligence a key aspect of any potential deal. It is essential that private equity owners have a clear understanding of the technological capabilities and potential liabilities. This includes building a picture of how technology enables and underpins a business.

When it comes to due diligence, private equity owners need to be sure that their technology has had the proper investment, it’s resilient and most importantly, fit for purpose. Identifying opportunities for technology-led change is crucial in the support of business growth plans.

Understanding the digital opportunities and risks helps private equity owners to build future digital strategies, products and services that not only accelerates growth, but adds long-term value.

Have a product development mindset

The last thing a business needs is to be operating on complex code that has been hastily put together. Product delivery is incredibly important when it comes to tech value creation, which is why private equity owners that have a product development mindset and use modern development technologies, such as Low-code/No-code (LCNC), are more likely to be able to scale up and down at pace without significant tech investment.

Don’t get sidetracked- do the basics well

Getting swept up by new, innovative technologies can be a costly mistake and private equity owners should refrain from investing in tech programmes without careful consideration of the benefits both in the short-term and the value this provides at exit. Businesses that do the basics well, such as having a robust CRM system, solid analytics, robust technology and development processes, strong development cadence and a product are likely to be successful.

Having a well-defined roadmap should take precedence over using technology for technologies sake. Savvy private equity owners will have realised that there is value in having a thought-out plan that allows for expenditure control through a set of specific milestones.

Make sure there is a business case for investment

Before investing in technology private equity owners need to make sure that it enables the business to do something that it couldn’t do before and that the investment adds value. Businesses need to ask themselves: will investment enable growth? Does it enhance efficiency? Or will it create some sort of market-leading capability?

By determining the business case for investment in technology, putting milestones in place and actually hitting these milestones should ensure money is well spent. The key factor here is not to keep investing in something if it is falling behind these milestones.

The value of data

It is imperative that private equity firms and the companies that they own collect and store data in a way that maximises value. Major changes to online privacy laws and the way in which businesses use cookies will have a massive impact on any business using digital marketing. Private equity owners need to ensure that they have the right data analytics structure in place to store information about its customers that can be used in personal advertising. This issue is a significant one, both from a legal and business standpoint and needs to be prioritised at board level.

Don’t jump on the tech bandwagon

There has been a trend since the pandemic of companies investing in and implementing new technology quickly. Lockdown saw companies have to find and deliver new technology just to keep the day-to-day business running. This has led to a newfound confidence in ‘new’ technology with many of the previous considerations or barriers being reduced or taken down completely. Whilst this can be considered, overall, a good thing, it has also meant that some businesses are making rash decisions about the short and long terms impact of a new solution, something private equity owners cannot afford to do.

Ensuring that a business is implementing the right technology at the right time and not jumping on tech trends and bandwagons is not only the safer route for private equity owners, but also the route that makes the most strategic sense. Nine times out of ten the product a private equity owner needs, is already on the market and can be adjusted to suit varying business needs. As far as private equity is concerned the most significant trend is using what has already been built. Ultimately, this means businesses will spend less and deploy more quickly with better support across platforms which means better results.

Why Should Businesses Switch To Solar Energy

Electricity is a critical resource for companies to power their machines and equipment. However, with the rising cost of electricity, many businesses are seeking ways to reduce their energy expenses. One promising solution is solar power, which is not only a sustainable source of energy but also becoming increasingly cost-effective.

Aside from being environmentally friendly, there are other excellent reasons businesses should consider embracing solar power as an energy source. This article will explain why.

1. Allows Businesses To Save Money

Every business aims to maximize its profit by lowering its operational costs. One way to do this is by switching their energy source to a commercial solar power system. However, deciding to install solar power may require you to pay a high amount of money for the necessary equipment and labour. For some businesses, it is a luxury that big companies can afford.

However, this is far from the truth. Many small enterprises and startups see this as an opportunity to reduce monthly electric bills. By prioritizing energy efficiency, these companies are not only cutting costs but also improving their environmental sustainability and gaining a competitive market advantage.

2. Offers A Reliable Solution During Power Interruptions

If a business relies on the national grid, you can expect them to face several electricity issues and outages. Investing in solar energy can provide a more reliable and consistent power source.

Another significant benefit of solar panels is that they require minimal solar panel maintenance compared to other power sources. Solar panels have no moving parts, which means there is less chance of wear and tear, and therefore, fewer repairs are required.

If you want to install one for your business, this is a great time. Seize the opportunity to have a reliable power source. All you have to do is find and choose from the leading solar panel companies in your locality.

3. Increases Property Value

Owning a property is incredible, but its value depreciates over time. You won’t have to worry if you switch to solar power as your energy source. Based on multiple studies, buildings with solar panels installed have increased property value.

By generating your own electricity, you can drastically reduce or eliminate your monthly electricity bills, saving you money in the long run. Furthermore, some governments offer tax incentives and rebates to property owners who install solar panels, which can further offset the initial cost of installation.

4. Improves Business Image

As said, startups consider using solar power a great deal when starting their business. Aside from this, they can consider this as a starting point to gain a competitive advantage.

If you want your business labeled as a ‘green business,’ going solar is perfect. Once a solar power system is installed on your property, you can make an excellent impression on your investors and customers. Also, you can establish a favorable image that people can support. Lastly, this shows you are committed to caring for the environment and promoting sustainability to maintain sustainable life.

When your business is regarded as green, most consumers and communities will likely start and continue to support you. Many consumers are willing to increase their purchases at socially responsible companies. So, why not take this opportunity to increase your revenue and raise awareness about the importance of conserving energy?

It’s best to focus on making a change to promote environmental responsibility. Doing this can encourage many people to work in or support and trust your enterprise.

A Smart Investment For Your Business

Although you need to spend a lot of money on it upfront, a solar power system can give you a great return on investment (ROI). At first, you may think it’s only an additional and unnecessary expense. But try to evaluate the benefits after a few months of using the system.

It’s best to calculate your ROI through a reliable solar savings calculator. You might be surprised by the outcome. Aside from being able to determine how much energy you can save, you will also be in awe of how faster you can repay the initial costs of solar power system installment.


Solar power is beneficial for businesses. It can significantly reduce the amount of money spent on energy costs. Therefore, if you’re a business owner who wants to maximize profits and take advantage of solar power’s efficiency, a solar panel system may be the right solution for you. Give your business a competitive advantage by going green or being environmentally responsible, lowering energy costs, and saving money.

Why Corporate Social Responsibility Is Essential During Disasters

Corporate social responsibility (CSR) can take many forms. While many firms are focusing on reducing their carbon footprint and working to achieve net zero, others are intent on giving back to the community, especially those who suffered from a natural disaster.

When disaster strikes, people affected must come to terms with the losses incurred and start a long journey to recovery. At this time, a CSR program can take effect and respond to calls for help.

However, it’s an undertaking that needs the strategic organization of resources to reach the people who need support. You must consider the human resources you’ll deploy to handle the pressure. You must allocate additional budgets to ensure that the affected people get much-needed help and that employees deployed have a place to operate the program. For instance, you may need to invest in a military shelter system.

Here are reasons CSR is an essential consideration during a disaster.

1. Network Building Opportunity

No preparations will be enough to stop a disaster from happening. You can only deal with the aftermath by reducing the suffering of affected people. So, developing a plan to reach out and assist effectively where possible is imperative.

Conducting a CSR program will expose you to others working for the same goal. You’ll find organizations specializing in disaster management to teach you the necessary skills. Not only will you build a network, but you’ll learn how to prepare for disasters in the future.

2. Philanthropy

During disasters, people incur huge losses, which can be fatal for those in extreme areas. The experience can be traumatic for the survivors. At this point, donating your time and resources can help turn things around for the affected people. You can devote yourself to helping others by attending to their calls for help.

Moreover, it can create an opportunity to form a partnership with support foundations, such as Red Cross, with an established disaster response unit. You’ll be sure that your donations reach the affected people.

3. Community Support And Relief

CSR programs are community-centric since they entail giving back to needy people. When a disaster happens, the scope widens, and you reach out to more people than anticipated. Your primary goal is to alleviate the suffering within the community.

The support, in this instance, can be financial. You can also offer to counsel the victims to ensure they’re not severely affected by the adversities. Another way to show community support is by providing labor to remove debris and rebuild the homes or property damaged during the disaster.

4. Sensitization Through Education

Many people suffer significant losses during disasters due to a lack of information. CSR can be a training tool to sensitize the threats to livelihood. It can also teach survival tactics needed to overcome the challenging situations caused by disasters. For instance, people living in areas that experience extreme weather can learn what to do when disaster strikes through CSR.

The CSR program can be a continuous activity to keep the community alert. You can use assimilation exercises to instill the need for safe practices, such as avoiding risks during a disaster.

5. Brand Awareness

If you have a brand with no marketing plan, responding to disasters through CSR can help you create brand awareness. It might not be the ideal place to sell, but it’s one way to announce your brand’s existence.

You can give away branded items to support the community’s CSR programs and other donations in your organization. Ensure that your brand’s offering is acceptable and it can contribute toward alleviating suffering and pain.

6. Tax Avoidance

In the corporate world, taxation considers the contributions to community development as support to the government. Your organization can donate to disaster response programs and declare it when filing returns.

It’s one way your corporation can avoid paying taxes. However, you must practice proper booking and verify your community support claims.

7. Staff Engagement

Running a CSR program during disasters can be a perfect solution if you’re looking for ways to increase staff engagement. People can donate their time and resources through volunteer work at shelters provided for victims of disasters. It’s imperative to let the staff suggest when they can join the CSR programs.


Nobody knows when a disaster will strike, but it is crucial always to offer a helping hand. Corporate social responsibility is one of the best ways to support the community. You can volunteer to alleviate pain and suffering and enable people to bounce back from damage and losses they incur. Consider partnering with organizations specializing in disaster management and donating your time and resources to a good cause.

Innovative Strategies to Enhance In-Person Shopping Experiences Using Indoor Mapping

Whether you operate a physical store or manage an online retail outlet, a comprehensive understanding of creating a unique in-person shopping experience is essential in this competitive market. With the right approach, retailers and mall owners can stand out by tapping into the latest indoor mapping technology and customer engagement techniques.

Benefits of in-person shopping

In-person shopping is a unique experience that can never be replaced by online shopping. Although the convenience of e-commerce has brought us a new way of shopping, it needs the personal touch that comes with visiting brick-and-mortar stores and malls. In-person shopping allows you to connect products with customers in ways you cannot replicate online.

One benefit of in-person shopping is the ability to test products before purchasing them. This applies especially to clothing, where you can try on different sizes and outfits to see what looks best on you. With electronics, you get to test out how well they work or feel in your hand before making a decision. Another advantage of visiting physical stores is interacting with knowledgeable salespeople who can answer any questions about specific products and provide valuable advice.

Personalizing the experience

The route to a mall is easy to find once you know where you are going. Just take your phone and use the navigation app to get started. The situation is different with indoor navigation, though. It can be challenging to navigate enormous malls because of the sheer quantity of retailers and complex layouts. Digital indoor mapping platforms, like MappedIn, help resolve this issue by providing indoor mapping for shopping malls to enhance the in-person shopping experience for customers.

This technology allows retailers and mall owners to create personalized customer experiences. They can map a customer’s path through the mall, track their movements, and use that data to offer customized recommendations. In addition, it can be used to create interactive displays that engage shoppers on a deeper level. This knowledge can create more personalized shopping experiences, increasing sales and loyalty.

Leveraging technology

A creative and exciting way to leverage technology is by using virtual reality (VR) in-store experiences. VR enables customers to try on clothes or see how a piece of furniture would look in their homes without physically being there. This enhances the customer experience and reduces the need for returns and exchanges.

Moreover, retailers can use beacon technology to send personalized promotions and recommendations based on the shopper’s location within the store. Beacons are small devices that communicate with mobile phones via Bluetooth and can be used to create customized promotional messages for each shopper. This type of personalization helps increase sales as it appeals directly to the shopper’s interests and preferences while making them feel valued.

Facilitating line management & convenient parking spot search

Lines can take up quite a bit of floor space when social distancing procedures are in place. Indoor maps may provide line and space management features that let customers reserve and hold spots in a queue. By removing busy, physical lines, you may preserve space (and encourage safe shopping) while allowing customers to avoid the frustration of lengthy waiting times.

One of the most challenging parts of shopping might be finding a parking spot. Thanks to your dedicated smartphone app for mall mapping, customers won’t waste time looking for parking spaces in your lot. Also, the app can save parking locations so users can easily and safely return to their vehicles without wandering.

Intimating customers about promotions, events & taking feedback

You may advertise a promotion or discount and direct customers to where to take advantage of them by using indoor mapping systems, which is one of its advantages. For instance, you could advertise a promotion at one of the restaurants in your mall while providing a map of the place. Not all mall visitors are aware of the activities taking place there. They can register for events and even make ticket reservations thanks to indoor mapping! To draw more interest, you may also inform customers of events that are currently taking place.

Another strategy for involving customers in the shopping process is gathering feedback and suggestions directly from them. You can do this through surveys, social media platforms, or in-person interactions with sales associates. By listening to their needs and preferences, retailers can tailor their offerings and improve overall satisfaction by coming up with new trends.


Businesses have the power to create an engaging and enjoyable experience for shoppers. With these innovative strategies, retailers and mall owners can make their stores stand out and give customers an unforgettable experience. So take a chance on something new today—let your customer’s imagination run wild and create an in-person shopping experience like no other with indoor mapping solutions!

Streamlining Your Online Payment Process: A New Era of Online Transactions

When discussing streamlining, we mean ways to make your payment transactions more convenient. The number one benefit of streamlining is to make your customers happy, as they will be able to pay quickly and efficiently. With Mesh Payments, you can be confident in knowing that you will have the right tools to optimize these payment methods, at the click of a button.

But first, prepare to discover how streamlining your payment processes can help your business to run as efficiently as possible.

Ways to streamline your online payment processes – for your customers

Digital payments have evolved over the years to allow for options like PayPal. These processes have been especially great for small businesses, as they can receive payments without having to visit a bank.

With business’ now being able to take payments more efficiently than ever, here are some ways in which they may do so. Each can be separated between what can be streamlined for your customers and your inner business’ benefit.

Switch to contactless payments – Years ago, you would have to enter your password to carry out a transaction, but now you can simply allow an online server to take care of this for you, safely. Many people use this form of payment in the modern day, and that number will only increase. These payments make it easier for people and can increase business revenue. Contactless payments can come in the form of cards for in-person transactions, or mobile phone apps online (and in-person), which will be explored next.

Utilise mobile phone apps – As your customers are the most important part of your business, it’s important to make their lives easier. A lot of people only use their phones to make transactions online, as many businesses now take mobile app payments. You can access these forms of payments anywhere. Not only is paying with your phone a convenient option, but it also offers a sense of security – financial details are encrypted and stored in cloud servers. Details are not stored on the phone itself, so there’s less exposure to hackers, or any fraudulent activity. With mobile app payments being a fast and safe way to pay, it’s understandable why so many people will continue to use this method.

Ways to streamline your online payment processes – for your business

Not only can you make your customers lives easier, but your business will run more cooperatively and efficiently by streamlining the internal payment processes.

Simplify account management – Controlling your finances is an important step in having the most efficient business. Monitoring and managing your finances can be difficult, but understanding the state of your finances is one of the best ways to allow for manageable growth. There are multiple ways to digitize your business, to make studying your finances an easier task. This can include keeping track of your invoices, chasing any late payments and automating invoice creations. By recording this information, it simplifies the process of finance management and reduces the likelihood of any errors.

Automation – This process is a useful way to allow technology to perform repetitive tasks, allowing you to focus on other elements of your business. It can especially be utilised by using automated payments. There’s software available that can be set up to manage recurring payments, so that you can schedule invoices to send at certain times and intervals. This enables a business to keep up with important business tasks, but with the knowledge that it has already been taken care of.

Keeping up to date with the changing era of online transactions can be challenging, but with support to streamline your business readily available online, your business will be running as efficiently as possible for both your customers and business, in no time!


How Digital Tech Is Impacting the Charity Sector

Over the last three years, charities have been forced to drastically rethink their way of working and the technology they use in order to stay afloat. Through the culmination of the COVID-19 pandemic and now the cost-of-living crisis, 82% of organisations have expressed an urgency to deliver upgraded digitisation that meets the needs of their service users. Without a good digital strategy in place, it leaves charities without vital donations and service users without support that could be integral. 

Fortunately, Microsoft Power Platform experts, Pragmatiq, have studied and analysed how digital technology has been impacting the charity sector over the last few years. Despite negative misconceptions around software, Pragmatiq has identified why it should not actually be something to fear.  

Changing perceptions about digitisation for charities 

Negative misconceptions about technology are acting as hurdles for charities that really need a digital solution. Embracing digital transformation within a charitable organisation can be a time-consuming activity and poses the risk of being implemented poorly by using disparate systems, ineffective tools, and open-source software with a lack of real-time support.  

To overcome this risk charities can benefit from working with larger platforms that provide thorough support such as the Microsoft Power Platform. Even though the Power Platform can provide clear benefits to charities, they are often hesitant to take the leap due to negative misconceptions. A lot of these opinions can be rectified through awareness and understanding. 

What happens when 40% of charities need funding for software? 

Implementing accurate software is not a tick-box exercise; it’s a long-term solution. Approximately 82% of charities recognise a pressing need for digitisation to help them provide urgent services. However, a dilemma is already striking the charities that want to prioritise digitisation within their organisation. Well over 40% of charities are urgently requesting funding to update software and processes. 

The notion that software is expensive can simply be rectified through the knowledge that it offers longevity for charities. Affording budget allocation to integrate software throughout the organisation ensures greater continuity of service for those utilising the charity, whilst also providing a future-proofing solution. For the last three years, significant pressures have been placed on charities to maintain provisions for service users whilst also addressing an overwhelming flood of new requests for support. With software, this could be easily automated, removing several manual tasks. 

So, what is holding charities back from embracing digital transformation? 
In 2022, around 32% of charities questioned explained they felt their limited digital skillsets held them back from adopting new software and technology. With almost a third expressing this concern, it’s apparent that digitisation feels out of reach. A lack of digital skills and no clear digital strategy for the future was contributing to the negative impact felt by charities during lockdowns.  
As foot traffic depleted around events, fundraisers, and collection buckets, many charities were stalled during the pandemic. In 2020, it was reported that approximately 25% lost around 40% or more of their annual income. Without embracing modern technology and maintaining an online presence or a system for donations, many charities will continue to lose out. 

Why is software important for the survival of charity work? 

Financial rhetoric often plagues the charity sector, especially where budgeting and donations are concerned. If charities can invest in software to improve their overall daily operations, they could provide better quality service and, as a result, generate higher levels of donations. 

That is why it is important to remove the concept that charities need in-house experts when it comes to digitisation. Whilst it is good to have some knowledge, the 32% who do feel out of their depth with digital transformation technology can rely on support from professionals. Software developers can utilise systems available on Microsoft Power Platform to create solutions that offer charities more time to complete their important tasks. Investing in the software will establish better processes and efficiencies. 

Prioritising investing in software could offer charities a chance to future-proof their organisations. Donations and fundraisers can be utilised for the investment of software, which could support the 40% that are asking for it. Seeing software as a long-term solution might also allow charities to prioritise it more highly.  

What can be achieved through software for charities? 

Utilising software experts to create bespoke solutions has great benefits for charities. From optimising referrals to housing data in one place, charities can clearly see their impact and easily report back to stakeholders. The following systems have the potential to enhance every aspect of how a charity operates:  

  • Power Apps – enables charities and organisations to build bespoke apps that solve specific problems and make processes more efficient. For mental health charities, this could see crisis data completely up to date, ensuring potentially life-saving services are available to the most vulnerable. 
  • Power Automate – enables charities to automate repetitive tasks that otherwise take up valuable time, such as donor follow-ups, volunteer outreach, donation reminders, and more. These systems could support charities with increased donations and awareness around their work. 
  • Power BI – charities hugely benefit from analysing data and gaining insights into their organisation. Power BI allows charities to pull together data, to be presented in interactive graphs and charts. Key information can be viewed such as volunteer activity and engagement, identifying the most popular channels for donations, tracking inbound referrals, and more. 

What has been achieved for charities so far? 

  • James’ Place 
    Suicide prevention charity for men 

Supporting men who are suffering from suicidal feelings, James’ Place required data and information to be available to assist the most vulnerable. Without an appropriate system in place, it could be life-altering for so many men. Utilising bespoke Custom Business Solution, they are able to effectively manage referrals without manually searching for information, meaning crucial time is spent elsewhere.

  • Brighton Therapy Centre 
    Mental health charity 

As a counselling and therapy service, Brighton Therapy Centre offers support to those requiring mental health and well-being assistance. Unfortunately, their previous system, which utilised disparate spreadsheets, made referrals tedious and time-consuming for those seeking help. Through the Power Platform, they can see and manage all data in one place whilst also removing the hurdle of a poor referral system for service users. 

  • MacIntyre 
    Disability support charity 

As a national charity, there is a greater onus on MacIntyre to support individuals around the country who have learning disabilities. Their original, manual process left information dormant in disconnected systems, meaning not all up-to-date information was stored in one place. Since then, they have implemented Power BI for greater tracking and insights. 

Utah Business Building 101: How Do You Start a Business in the State?

Creating a business is a great opportunity to make a lasting mark not only on your finances but also on a specific industry. The customer base in the USA is huge! There’s always a demand that needs to be met and a market to be tapped.

Unfortunately, many are stuck in the business ideation stage. It’s time to break out of that phase. If you’re in Utah or want to have your future business located here, now’s the best time to start.

But what makes Utah so great? In this post, we’ll give you valuable insights into the opportunities available in this great state. We’ll also give you Utah-specific tips on building a business that you can apply right now.

Why Utah Is a Great Place to Start a Business

A manageable cost of living, low crime rate, and picturesque landscapes… What’s not to love? Thanks to the living conditions that exist in Utah, it’s no surprise how easy it is for one to build and maintain a business here. Without having to deal with constant major disruptions that may affect your business, it’s easy to focus on growth.

The best part? You can thrive no matter what industry you’re in. With Utah’s highly diversified economy, you’re almost guaranteed a validated market even without doing prior research. You’ll also benefit from the second mover advantage, as you don’t have to invest in nurturing a client base for the first time. Here are just some of the industries you’ll find in the state:

Information TechnologyAgricultureManufacturingHealthcareTourismFinancePetroleumFinanceGiven this list, it’s no wonder that the biggest businesses in Utah today are thriving nationally and even internationally. Some of the biggest include Home Credit, SkyWest Airlines, and Intermountain Healthcare.

Starting Your Business in Utah

The procedural requirements for starting a business are pretty much the same as in any state. Assuming that you have an idea that you want to stick with, follow these steps:

Create a Business Plan

Here, you’ll cover the various necessities like business name, location, and market research. A good business plan will also cover various components like financial planning, product development, sales and marketing, as well as human resources.

Identify Your Business Structure

Selecting the appropriate business structure is important, depending on the risk exposure that you’re willing to take on. With sole proprietorships and partnerships, you get no liability protection. Meanwhile, other structures like LP, LLP, LLC, and corporations shield your personal assets.

Register Your Business

The process depends on the business structure. If you’re using anything other than your name as a sole proprietorship or part of a partnership, you’ll need to complete a DBA form and submit it to the Utah Division of Corporations and Commercial Code along with a $22 payment. For others, a certification is required.

Set Up Your Finances

To keep your personal and business finances separate, you’ll need a business bank account. But before you can do this, you’ll need an employer identification number (EIN). Doing this is free. If you plan to hire employees, you’ll need to set up unemployment tax accounts as well. Don’t forget to set up an accounting system to keep track of your financial assets!

Obtain Funding, Insurance, Licenses, and Permits

Your funding may come from your savings or from a loan. Calculate how much you need to sink into the business first before resorting to borrowing. Depending on the industry you’re entering, you’ll need the appropriate insurance, licenses, and permits. Make sure to have all these covered before operating to protect yourself from lawsuits.

Hire Your Labour Force

If you’re on a really tight budget, consider flying solo for a while. But you should still gather a talent pool you can contact to minimize the time it takes to hire someone. Comply with state laws and report any new hires.

Implement the Marketing Aspect of Your Business Plan

From creating digital assets for your business, like websites, social media pages, and email lists, to using these assets to grow your customer base, now’s the time to do it. At this point, it’s good to look back at the business plan as your guide. Still, you should be flexible enough to deviate from the original plan if necessary.

Now that you’re all set up, the real work begins. Success rarely comes overnight, but if you’ve done these right, you should be able to taste the sweet fruits of your labour later on.

Tips on Starting a Successful Business in Utah from Scratch

It can be discouraging to start, seeing how well industry giants have already made their mark there. But as many business owners in Utah can attest, it’s relatively easy to build a successful business here.

Don’t compete with the giants! Work your way up from the small leagues before facing business titans. Here are more tips that may be useful along the way:

Filter Your Ideas

We’ve mentioned that the fear of moving forward is why many aspiring entrepreneurs are stuck at the business ideation stage. But another reason is choice overload. You may have lists and lists of ideas that you want to bring to life, but unless you have enough resources and experience, you’re going to have to drop a lot of them.

When selecting the ideas to get rid of, consider the industries already in Utah. You want to establish yourself somewhere there’s already a proven market base. For example, getting into real estate can be profitable because of the existing consumer demand.

But at the same time, you don’t want to go somewhere already monopolized by one entity unless you have the resources to compete with it. The same logic applies as to why you don’t want to enter an oversaturated market. For example, getting into the transportation industry may be tough as it’s already monopolized by the UTA.

Assess Yourself

A great idea that’s poorly executed may not reach its full potential. Even worse, you may end up losing a lot of your investment. That’s why it’s important to have an inventory of your skills and talents to see which of your filtered ideas will be the best fit.

Let’s say that you want to get into agriculture. This may be hard to do if you don’t know anything about crops or nurturing the soil. It would be downright impossible if you didn’t want to stay in Utah full-time. Unless it’s financially viable to get a hired hand to do the work for you, this may be out of the question.

Ideally, stick with something that you already know something about. If you’ve worked in the tech industry, going into information technology may make more sense than trying your hand out at petroleum.

Remember that at the beginning, you’ll be doing a lot of the work. Throwing your money into the problem won’t suffice because if you’re not acquainted with the business field you are entering, you most likely won’t know how to assess talents to help you out.

Be Familiar with the People and the State

The problem with some entrepreneurs is that they employ a cookie-cutter solution that may not work everywhere. So, if you’re not originally from Utah, it may be beneficial to equip yourself with prior research.

For example, most people in the US are Protestants. If you’re in any way trying to appeal to your market’s religiosity, it might be a good thing to remember that most people in the state are Mormons. Therefore, an approach not retrofitted to Utah residents may not work.

Think about it this way; a business that sells surfboards is highly unlikely to find any success in Utah because it’s a landlocked state. It’s not just the numbers that must drive your decisions. The culture, demographics, and even geography should be taken into account as well.

Maintain a Forward-Thinking Mindset

Especially if you’ve used your savings to make your business idea happen, it can be frustrating at the beginning. You’ll probably be in the red for at least the first few months. But the fear of losing more shouldn’t keep you from your goals.

If you’ve originally foreseen the effect of sunk costs through your business plan, there’s nothing to worry about. The last thing you want to do is to botch any long-term progress you have to earn short-term gratification. If you need to adjust your roadmap based on changing conditions, do so. But it should still be done with your long-term goals in mind.

Is Building a Business in Utah Worth It?

Only you can determine whether it’s worth the effort. There will always be an inherent risk when you’re investing time and money. But in the end, it all comes down to how you utilize your resources to generate the best results possible.

If you feel that it’s just nerves, don’t sweat it! Everyone who’s ever started a business has been in your position before. Utah already has a great environment for helping businesses thrive. By following the tips we’ve listed here, you’ll have a better chance of success.

Three Ways to Boost Your Business with Artificial Intelligence

Artificial intelligence (AI) technology is either going to make the world better or it’s going to take over and render us obsolete. The former is more likely, but we can’t rule out the latter scenario, according to Elon Musk. Whatever the impact on life after AI becomes ubiquitous, the reality is that this type of technology is improving at an exponential rate.

The latest example of AI’s potential hit the headlines in early 2023. ChatGPT is an AI chatbot that’s capable of holding realistic conversations, writing stories and, perhaps most startlingly, passing medical exams. The future is now when it comes to AI. As a business owner or entrepreneur, it would be crazy not to seize this opportunity.

Three Awesome AI Business Tools

To seize this opportunity, you need to know what’s available. There are, as you’d imagine, hundreds of products that can help you as a business owner. We can’t list them all, but we have highlighted three easy ways you can enter the AI space. So, with this in mind, here are three ways you can use AI to improve your business.

1. Customer Service

We’ve referenced the chatbot ChatGPT, but you don’t need to go that advanced if you want AI to engage with customers. Products such as the Aisera AI Customer Service Chatbot can answer basic questions and help reduce the strain on human customer support agents. As per, AI chatbots are projected to increase company productivity by as much as 40%.

2. Names and Branding

AI can help you create a brand identity. Everything starts with a name, and you can use a generator to find the ideal brand name. According to, it takes consumers 0.05 seconds to form an opinion about a website. This means you need a catchy name and, in turn, memorable URL. An AI-powered business name generator generates 1,000+ names in a matter of seconds using the submitted keywords and available URLs.

3. Automated Marketing

Another useful application of AI technology in the world of business is marketing. AI can handle everything from marketing emails and social media posts to data analytics. As explained by, AI analytics uses machine learning to “discover insights” and find “new patterns” that companies can use to refine their marketing strategies. In short, AI-powered marketing can help you spot trends and create highly targeted content.

Embrace AI as a Modern Business Owner

AI is changing the game. We’re not at a point where computers control everything. We may never get to that point. However, there’s certainly a growing synergy between AI and business. Anyone who can harness the power of AI stands a good chance of getting ahead of the curve.

From increased productivity and improved branding to enhanced engagement, AI offers a number of benefits to the modern business owner. Therefore, the sooner you can embrace AI and incorporate the latest innovations into your business, the more chance your company has of thriving now and, more importantly, in the future.

5 Essentials Of An Effective Equipment Budget

Are you a business owner planning to invest in equipment for efficient service and product delivery to your clients? What plans do you have in place to actualize the dream? It’s important to plan all aspects of the investment, from storage to finances.

‘Failing to plan is planning to fail’ is an adage that’s been used since time immemorial. With this in mind comes the need for financial planning. A budget is one of the solutions to the financial planning of your equipment investment. It guides on the limit of your expenditure on the equipment.

How do you create an effective equipment budget? Here are some of the essentials of the budget:

1. Purchasing Price

As the name suggests, it’s the amount you’ll pay to acquire the equipment. This figure depends on various aspects which you should consider. One is the vendor from whom you’ll buy the equipment. Vendors will sell similar equipment at different prices. Hence, as you budget for equipment, it’d help to compare the prices of several vendors. Seek one with affordable prices.

The other aspect to consider is the model of the equipment you’ll buy. Some models are more expensive than others, often due to the equipment’s features. The more features and technology in place, the higher the purchasing price.

Consider the above aspects as you add the purchasing price to your budget. It’ll ensure you don’t set a small budget to buy your equipment. Suppose you don’t have enough money to meet the equipment’s purchasing costs. Worry not as you can get full service asset financing services. Find the appropriate provider for these services.

2. Fuel Costs

Fuel is a must-have for your equipment after purchasing it. As you add fuel costs to your budget, it’s important to acknowledge that different pieces of equipment use different fuels. Some use petrol while others use diesel. It’s important to know the fuel your equipment will use while budgeting. It’ll help you land averagely accurate figures on fuel expenses. You don’t want to park your vehicle five months into buying it due to a lack of funds to fuel it.

It’d help to find the average costs of your fuel for approximately seven to eight months. You can get this figure by identifying the miles the equipment will cover in a week. Find out how many liters it’ll consume in those miles and multiply the figure by the current price of fuel, whether diesel or fuel. Consider adding a few figures to the final costs to cater to any fuel influx.

3. Labour Costs

Unless you plan to operate your equipment independently, you must add labor costs to your effective equipment budget. These costs will cater to the hiring and training of the equipment operator. It’d help to identify the specific skills you require from the operator and gauge how much such skillsets will cost.

Also, find out the costs of the various training sessions and add them to the labor costs. With the goal being affordability, consider negotiating the salary of the operator. All you need to do is ensure you don’t exceed the labor budget and don’t compromise on quality services for cheap costs.

4. Servicing Costs

While using your equipment, it’ll likely deteriorate and need tuning up. Tuning up ensures the equipment is in optimum condition to meet your needs.

When planning to buy equipment, servicing cost is something most people forget. Yes, you won’t incur these costs instantly, but you will eventually. Hence, include them in your budget. How do you find a close-to-accurate figure for servicing costs?

The servicing needs of a trailer are different from those of an excavator. List the servicing activities of your chosen equipment model. These include filter and oil changes, wheel alignments, and brake inspections.

A mechanic or an online source can provide this information. It’s information most businesses learn about before buying equipment. Therefore, proceed to find out the costs of each activity and sum it all up to get the figure.

5. Repair Costs

Constant use of the equipment upon purchase increases wear and tear. It’s likely to break down here and there and will need repairs. When purchasing equipment, you hope it’ll serve you for the longest time without issues. However, it’s not always the situation on the ground. It’s best to add it to your equipment budget.

Like with servicing costs, find out the common repair needs of your chosen equipment. It’ll help you arrive at a close-to-accurate figure. Since you won’t necessarily do all the repairs as you use the equipment, only add half or three-quarters of the figure you get to your budget. Doing so prevents financial burden.


Creating an effective budget for your equipment isn’t as challenging as you might have imagined. The discussion above proves this.

All you must do is know what you’ll spend on the equipment, from when you buy it to when you dispose of it, should the need arise. The insight herein guides on doing this. Therefore, consider implementing it along the financial aspect of your equipment investment.

The Role of Technology in Modern Business Operations

In today’s fast-paced and highly competitive business landscape, technology has become an indispensable tool that is used to optimize and streamline business operations. From small businesses to large corporations, technology has enabled businesses to automate many of their processes, increase efficiency, and improve their bottom line. It’s helpful to examine the role of technology in modern business operations and how it has transformed the way businesses operate.

Increased Efficiency through Automation

One of the most significant ways technology has impacted modern business operations is through automation. Many tasks that were previously performed manually can now be automated using various software tools and applications. For instance, businesses can now automate their inventory management system, accounting processes, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems.

By automating these processes, businesses can save time and reduce errors, which leads to increased efficiency and productivity. Additionally, automation allows businesses to focus on more important tasks, such as developing new products and services, improving customer experience, and increasing sales.

Enhanced Communication and Collaboration

Technology has also revolutionized the way businesses communicate and collaborate with their employees, customers, and partners. With the advent of email, instant messaging, and video conferencing, businesses can now communicate and collaborate with people from different parts of the world in real-time.

This has led to improved productivity, faster decision-making, and increased innovation. For instance, businesses can now hold virtual meetings, which saves time and reduces travel expenses. Additionally, businesses can collaborate on projects using various collaboration tools, such as Google Docs, Trello, and Asana, which enable team members to work on a project simultaneously from different locations.

Outsourcing and Collaboration with Freelance Developers

In addition to the above, technology has also made it easier for businesses to outsource and collaborate with freelance developers, allowing them to access top talent from around the world.

With the rise of freelance marketplaces and collaboration tools, businesses can now find and hire freelance developers with the skills and expertise they need to develop software applications, websites, and other digital products. This not only saves businesses time and money but also allows them to access a global pool of talent that they may not have had access to before.

Additionally, collaborating with freelance developers can bring fresh perspectives and ideas to a project, which can lead to better results and improved innovation. With the right collaboration tools and project management software, businesses can seamlessly collaborate with freelancers, no matter where they are in the world.

Data Analytics and Business Intelligence

Another way technology has impacted modern business operations is through data analytics and business intelligence. Businesses can now collect and analyse vast amounts of data using various tools and applications, such as business intelligence software, data mining software, and machine learning algorithms.

By analysing this data, businesses can gain insights into customer behaviour, market trends, and other critical factors that can impact their business. This enables businesses to make informed decisions and take proactive measures to stay ahead of the competition.

Improved Customer Experience

Technology has also transformed the way businesses interact with their customers. With the rise of social media, businesses can now engage with their customers on a more personal level, respond to their queries and complaints promptly, and offer personalized products and services.

Additionally, businesses can now collect and analyse customer data, such as purchase history, preferences, and demographics, to offer targeted products and services. This has led to improved customer experience, increased customer loyalty, and higher sales.

Increased Flexibility and Agility

Technology has enabled businesses to become more flexible and agile in their operations. With the rise of cloud computing, businesses can now access their data and applications from anywhere in the world, which enables them to work remotely, reduce their overhead costs, and scale up or down their operations as needed.

Businesses can now leverage various software tools and applications, such as project management software, CRM software, and marketing automation software, to streamline their operations and respond quickly to changing market conditions.

Embrace Technology for Growth

Technology has become an integral part of modern business operations, and it has transformed the way businesses operate. From automation and data analytics to enhanced communication and collaboration, technology has enabled businesses to optimize their operations, increase efficiency, and improve their bottom line. As businesses continue to evolve, it is essential to embrace technology and leverage its benefits to stay competitive and grow.

Successful Consumer Analytics Equals Successful Digital Marketing

It’s an exciting time to be a marketer, but it’s also a challenging time in the industry. Knowing what mediums to focus on and where to spend your marketing budget is no simple task. If you publish content on the wrong platforms or advertise to people who are never going to buy, then your marketing dollars won’t be an investment; they’ll be a waste.

Instead of guessing, marketers need to gather as much “intel” as they can. Leveraging the power of consumer analytics is critical for modern digital marketing and can make the difference between a successful campaign and one that might not break even. Some marketers are still resisting the shift to data-driven marketing, but it’s become clear that successful customer analytics equals successful digital marketing.

Data’s Role in Marketing

Data has become the world’s most valuable asset. Big data has made it easy for organizations of all sizes to gain new insights into the habits, priorities, and preferences of their customers. Using data, it’s easier to make informed decisions and create more effective campaigns.

While marketing continues to be based on creative elements like narrative storytelling, artistic choices, and tailored messaging, the use of data in marketing is blending art and science for better results, something that digital marketers need to embrace. Marketing success will always require knowledge of psychology and an element of creativity, but successful digital marketing now requires an additional step: the ability to use data to not only speak to customers’ needs but to determine how to reach them in the vast digital world we all rely on.

Marketers who aren’t yet using data analytics in their operations are leaving money on the table and making it easier for their competitors to outperform them. Regardless of a company’s size, consumer analytics should play a role in its overall marketing strategy.

The Basics of Customer Analytics

Customer analytics today involves using digital data to make strategic decisions. Data can be collected from different sources, including social media sites, search engines, and a company’s own website. Internal data can be extremely useful, but it generally needs to be combined with other sources to understand how a customer made their way to the company’s website.

Once the data is collected, it must be analysed for insights and patterns, in a process sometimes known as “data mining.” Marketers can ask questions, such as “when do we make the most sales?” or “how many people are referred to our website from Facebook vs. Instagram?” These kinds of questions can help marketers understand which platforms are popular, when to run ads or other content, and which tactics perform best within the target market for a product or service.

Customer analytics can also be used to test different strategies. Different versions of a landing page, for example, could be created and launched at the same time to see which version performs better. This kind of testing can help marketers choose a direction for their campaign and allow them to better understand what appeals to their ideal customer.

Just as an organization needs a solid marketing strategy in order to be successful, they also need a clear data analytics strategy. Marketing managers don’t necessarily need to be experts in consumer analytics themselves, but they need to have a solid grasp of the concepts and the ability to oversee people who specialize in data mining.

How Using Customer Analytics Can Help Marketers

Data can be used for a variety of business goals. It can help predict demand for a product to optimize inventory, help streamline daily operations to reduce costs and prevent errors, and inform decision-making. In marketing, data is used to better understand the customer’s behaviour and motivations and to help make strategic choices.

Customer analytics can get extremely complex, but the basic point is simple: analytics help marketers connect with their ideal clients or customers at the right time. This will look different depending on the goal of a particular marketing campaign, since not all campaigns are designed to bring in direct sales, but analytics can help marketers reach their goals more efficiently and boost their return on investment (ROI).

Knowing your customer is incredibly important, and data can help you get inside their head more objectively. People think they know themselves much better than they actually do, in most cases. Data doesn’t lie and it can help marketers understand how people behave when they’re online. This can help with everything from timing to messaging tactics.

Good marketers still need to have good instincts, but customer analytics can be used to help verify those instincts. Data won’t always predict the success of a campaign, but it’s more likely to be accurate than a gut feeling. It can also be used persuasively, to help convince company leadership of the need for a larger investment in digital marketing.

Investing in Analytics Helps Boost ROI

If your marketing budget is on the small side, you might think that consumer analytics isn’t worth the additional investment of time and money. However, using data to inform your marketing decisions can actually result in better ROI overall because you won’t be relying on guesswork and you’re likely to waste less money.

Over the last several years, big data analytics have gotten much more accessible and affordable. It doesn’t have to be expensive to start using consumer analytics in your marketing plan. Truthfully, today’s digital marketers can’t afford to ignore the role of data in successful marketing campaigns and an organization’s overall marketing strategy.

Investing in analytics is the best way to plan your marketing strategies and evaluate their impact. Without quality data to leverage, it’s much harder to understand why your campaigns succeed or fail — and this makes it more challenging to be successful in the future. With customer analytics, knowledge can turn into more brand awareness, better sales, and a more successful company overall.

The Top Website Metrics to Track for Business Success

Website metrics are data used to compare an organization’s overall goals to its online performance. They represent how effectively visitors are educated and converted to paying consumers by a website’s functionality, content, and services.

Therefore, understanding the many metrics used to evaluate website performance can help you become a better manager and result in more well-informed choices that increase your organization’s effectiveness. Metrics can also help you in other ways. For instance, you can use them to identify problems that your consumers are having and to highlight failing elements.

Here are some of the top metrics you should track for business success.

Bounce Rate Indicator

The bounce rate metric shows the number of users who exit your website immediately. So, if your website users spend more time on the website and read the material, you will have a lower bounce rate, which is good. And vice versa.

Many factors affect your bounce rate, including your website speed, content relevance, user experience, mobile responsiveness, and advertisements. For instance, you may have a better chance of encouraging visitors to stay on your website for a more extended period if they have already found the service or product they are looking for.

A key element in this regard is the web host. If your website is unavailable or loads slowly, visitors may become frustrated and leave before they can explore your content. This is why you must be careful with your decision. Feel free to learn more about cheap web hosting providers that deliver impeccable value for money.

Visitor Numbers

Your site’s “traffic” is determined by how many users you currently have. Your content quality, web design, SEO strategy, social media, and referral traffic can all help you increase your site traffic.

Moreover, you have a few options for tracking traffic. For instance, you may frequently find traffic data in the account dashboard of your web hosting company. Alternatively, you can collect your traffic information using a WordPress plugin.

You can separate the data from your general site traffic metrics into various groups. Furthermore, to learn more about your consumers and their behaviour, you can also examine the demography of your traffic. Additionally, knowing what kind of people you are working with, i.e., your target, will surely help your business succeed.

The Average on Page Time

The average amount of time users spend on a page is known as the average time on a page. The longer you can keep people on a page, the better. Time on the page can be a great indicator of how exciting and effective your material is.

Having visitors stay on your page longer implies they are high-quality users who trust your information. Shorter times, however, typically reflect a lack of interest.

Session Duration

Session duration determines how long a visitor is actively using your website. This number, like the total page views per session, indicates how engaging your website is. This metric will increase when your website receives more clicks.

But remember that if your website isn’t centered on interactions, the average session length isn’t reliable. For instance, if a user doesn’t click for 20 minutes or more, Google Analytics will assume that the user’s session has ended.

Look at The Top Pages

You should determine the specific pages that receive the most traffic by obtaining information on the top-performing pages on a website. Understanding which website pages are the most successful can reveal what users are interested in.

For instance, allocating more resources to writing more blog articles would be worthwhile if a specific blog receives the greatest traffic.


The key to successfully utilizing these metrics is knowing which ones can assist you in determining whether your website is satisfying the requirements of your business.

Therefore, concentrate on drawing information from the metrics you are tracking that you can use to take measures to enhance user experience on your site.

5 Things To Do When Filing for a Worker’s Compensation Claim

Injuries and illnesses are inevitable in every working place. However, if any of these result from certain conditions in your workplace or you sustain them while working, you can receive compensatory benefits.

One of these benefits is health care. Your employer caters to all the medical services you might require regardless of whether the case is an emergency.

Read the five things you must do when filing for a worker’s compensation claim. You can also get a second opinion for work injury from a lawyer and have a clear idea of the benefits you are entitled to and how to claim them.

Seek Medical Attention

The first step after a work-related injury is seeing a doctor, especially if you’ve suffered severe injuries that need immediate medical care. Visiting a doctor not only safeguards your health but also prevents any further damage.

If your workplace has a medical officer on site, you must see them immediately. If not, you can opt to visit any medical center you prefer or one you’ve been designated to visit by your employer.

If you have to travel for treatment, you must receive reimbursement and compensation for any other costs incurred. Your doctor does not require the Worker’s Compensation Board’s authorization to attend to you in an emergency.

However, for other cases, your medic must get consent from the board to prove that your case is a work-related injury.

Report To Your Supervisor or Employer

Once the workplace injury occurs, ensure you notify your employer or supervisor within the set deadline or preferably soon after it happens. Every state has a timeline within which you must report your injury. It ranges from 30 days to one year, after which your report becomes irrelevant, and you can’t receive worker compensation.

It’s advisable to report any workplace accidents regardless of whether there was an injury. This is in case an injury comes up after the reporting deadline expires. As with all other legal processes, ensure your report is formal.

Your report should include details such as the time of the accident, the nature of the injury, the location of the accident, and the parties involved.

Fill In the Necessary Paperwork

Notifying your employer of your injury or illness may seem enough, but more is needed. You must fill in a more detailed document explaining the nature of the accident and the extent of the injuries.

This paperwork also includes segments that your employer and insurer must fill in to complete it. Before filling it out, you must go through another document provided by your organization.

This document contains your rights and the worker’s compensation benefits you should get for a workplace injury. These rights and benefits will give you an oversight of what to expect. If this document is not provided, you have grounds to sue your workplace for withholding necessary information.

Ensure Your Employer Files Your Claim

After you’ve submitted your claim to your employer, it’s their responsibility to file it with the worker’s compensation insurance carrier. Your medical doctor also needs to submit a report to the insurance company.

You must ensure this happens as it marks the beginning of your approval or denial of the compensation process. Submission of workplace injury reports is mandatory even when you are not filing for a compensation claim.

Keep Detailed Work and Medical Records

Keeping copies of all the critical documents involved in the compensation claim is advisable. These include doctor’s records, letters from your employer and the insurance company, work restrictions, and the accident report.

Preserving them ensures you have a backup in case these documents get lost or are altered against you. It also helps to keep copies for future reference and as evidence.

Final Thoughts

Accidents and illnesses are inevitable in workplaces. For these incidents, you can get benefits and compensation from your employer.

Several steps are involved in the process, from sustaining the injury to receiving compensation. To be able to file for a worker’s compensation claim, you must understand all the steps.

Donating Office Furniture And Items: A Business Owner’s Guide

Donating office items and furniture provides multiple business benefits. These usable items often help non-profit organisations save on operational costs or pay it forward by helping needy families.

Handing out unwanted equipment and items helps reduce solid waste generation. According to estimates, worldwide municipal solid waste generation is projected to have increased to 3.4 billion metric tons by 2050—especially if nothing is done to boost the current recycling rate of less than 20%. Giving away slightly used office items creates a positive brand impression, as the public can cite you for your advocacies.

Most importantly, the business will likely be eligible for tax deductions, depending on the applicable laws in your country.  

Here’s a guide to a seamless business property donation.

1. Choosing A Non-Profit  

While no strict rules dictate which non-profit organisation to support, it helps if you choose an entity with advocacies that resonate with your business and customers. For instance, if your company sells children’s toys, it’s logical to donate slightly used corporate items to groups that push for children’s causes, like those who help kids with juvenile cancer.

Take time to vet the group’s legitimacy. You want to ensure that your donations directly reach those who need them. Skipping this vital step can impact your tax claim, as the relief often applies to gifts handed out to government-registered and accredited non-profits.

2. Arranging A Pickup Or Drop-Off Schedule

Once you’ve confirmed the organisation you hope to donate to, you can discuss the pickup or drop-off process. Note that groups operate differently, and some may only accept door-to-door deliveries.

On the other hand, most firms either donate because of expansion, relocation, or to prepare for new purchases. As such, they’re understandably busy. Suppose your business doesn’t have the time and resources to drop off the items. Choose charities that pickup donations to reduce stress.

3. Asking Which Items You Can Donate 

Almost all charitable organisations will accept donated items, especially furniture and office equipment. These could include chairs, tables, desks, computers, copiers, filing cabinets, etc.

Non-profits reuse, resell, or recycle gifts. They could distribute the equipment to offices, community centres, low-income families, and other potential end beneficiaries. Others end up at charity auctions to raise needed funds.

Similarly, non-profits that accept slightly damaged furniture and office items will either repair, repurpose, or recycle them for their own use or for other people.

4. Ensuring The Donation Is Recorded  

US-based donor companies must arrange and pay for an appraisal of furniture and items, especially if their total value exceeds USD$ 5,000. Businesses must keep the assessor’s recorded estimate to claim a tax deduction.

For more modest contributions worth more than USD$ 250, a written acknowledgement from the non-profit, stating the description of the property handed out, would suffice based on guidelines from the Internal Revenue Service. Generally, a non-cash charitable deduction of USD$ 500 or more requires taxpayers to fill out an IRS form.

Meanwhile, UK-based corporate donors can claim full capital allowances on the cost of equipment, tools, and machinery, as well as business vehicles. It allows businesses to deduct a portion or the total value of business items donated from their company profits.

Other countries may have different terms and conditions. You can ask your business accountant for tax deduction eligibility following a donation, including the records and documents you need to keep.

5. Claiming Tax Deductions 

Proper paperwork means ensuring that appropriate tax forms are filled out. Visit the official site of your state’s tax agency, ideally before donating your business items, to know the guidelines and instructions. Doing so allows your business to choose the right organisation and perform the correct steps.

For instance, the IRS website has a database of accredited non-profits and requires company donors to hire an appraiser no earlier than two months before the donation date.

Tax agencies likewise impose conditions and caps on deductions. For instance, the IRS allows up to a 50% deduction for public charities and private foundations and 30% for specific non-profits. In the UK, businesses can claim capital allowances of up to GBP£1 million on particular plant and machinery items or 50% for newer equipment.


Donating office furniture and other items is one of the ways companies can exercise their corporate social responsibility. Handing out slightly-used office equipment helps companies and communities work together to advance their respective causes.

While it may look simple, there are complex considerations, especially if your business is eligible for tax deductions. Some points have been discussed above to guide UK- and US-based donors. However, tax systems work differently in each country, so it’s best to check with your country’s tax agency and accountant to ensure proper compliance.

6 Financial Benefits of Regular Equipment Maintenance for Business Operations

Industrial factory maintenance engineers woman inspect relay protection system of machinery and holding digital tablet with copy space. Industry, Maintenance, Engineering and construction concept.

You’ve probably heard the saying “if it isn’t broke, don’t fix it!” Well, this doesn’t apply to business equipment. Routine maintenance is critical to ensure your business runs efficiently and you reduce operating expenses.

In fact, statistics reveal that huge sums of money are lost due to machine breakages. For example, just one minute of machine down-time costs just under £17,000 in the global automotive sector.

With that being said, let’s explore the financial benefits you can reap by engaging in regular equipment maintenance for business operations:

You will avoid large repair bills thanks to preventive maintenance programs for equipment

There’s only one place to begin when it comes to the financial benefits associated with preventive maintenance programs for equipment, and this is the ability to avoid large repair bills.

If you carry out routine maintenance, you’ll be able to find any minor issues before they turn into large, expensive problems. This can save you a considerable amount of money in the long run.

Most problems start off small, and then they turn into much bigger issues as time goes on. In some cases, a simple issue can turn into a problem that cannot be resolved, meaning the only option is to completely replace the equipment.

Employees will continue using the equipment, none-the-wiser that they’re making the issue worse. So, if you have routine maintenance in place, you can ensure this doesn’t happen.

You’ll prevent flawed output

When a machine is broken, it often doesn’t produce the results you’d expected or hoped for. What this means is that you end up with a batch of flawed inventory, which you can’t then use or sell.

Naturally, when you waste products in this manner, it costs money. However, the expenses don’t end there.

You also need to consider the fact that employees may need to work overtime to rectify the issue and get a new batch of products out in-time. So, you’ll find yourself paying for extra wages and materials too.

Prevent accidents from happening

As per RIDDOR, a number of fatal accidents in the workplace have involved machines. For instance, in 2021/22, 15 fatal accidents happened due to contact with moving machinery.

Injuries and accidents that happen due to poor equipment maintenance can have devastating consequences, even resulting in fatalities in some cases.

When this happens, you’ll have a huge legal battle on your hands. This comes with a lot of expenses, naturally. You’ll need to pay legal fees, as well as compensation to the family.

At the same time, your reputation will take a massive hit, and you’ll need to spend a lot of money on rebuilding this.

Lower costs by extending the life of your equipment

In addition to the points, we’ve mentioned so far, you can further make your money go further by making equipment last longer.

Machines contain a number of different parts, which all sustain wear and tear as time goes on. Examples include seals, bearings, and gaskets.

These components demand proper inspection to evaluate their condition and replace as required.

If you notice that one of these parts is worn, you can simply replace it, and this will make your machine last a lot longer.

On the flip side, if you don’t, you’ll continue using a part that’s at the end of its life, and this can end up damaging the machine overall. This will cost you much more money in the long run.

Reduce employee turnover

Another way you can improve your finances with regular equipment maintenance is by reducing your employee turnover. This is a benefit that a lot of business owners don’t tend to consider.

Think about it: when you regularly maintain machines, you ensure they work efficiently and you boost safety for everyone in the workplace. By improving work conditions in this manner, you create an environment that everyone wants to work in.

This means you’ll have a happy working environment, and employees will be less inclined to look for new jobs elsewhere.

As most business owners know, high employee turnover rates costs companies a lot of money, so you’ll want to do everything in your power to keep these levels as low as possible.

Boost efficiency levels

Last but not least, when an equipment is being used during the first phase of its useful life, it’s going to be operating at optimal efficiency rates. As time goes on, these rates start to decline.

However, with routine maintenance, you can keep boosting the rate of efficiency. This will ensure that everyone is working in the safest and most effective manner.

When your equipment is running efficiently, it won’t need as much fuel or other resources, and so it saves you money in this regard.

While this is happening, your output is going to increase. This means you’re going to be making more money at the same time, so it’s a win-win.

Save your business thousands of £ by carrying out regular equipment maintenance

As you can see, there are a lot of financial benefits to be gained by carrying out regular equipment maintenance for business operations.

From reducing downtime to avoiding costly repairs, there are a number of ways that routine maintenance can save you money.

So, make sure you put provisions in-place to ensure regular, effective routine maintenance for all of your machinery.

Author bio (if needed):

Kerry Leigh Harrison has over 11+ years of experience as a content writer. She graduated from university with a First-Class Hons Degree in Multimedia Journalism. In her spare time, she enjoys attending sports and music events.

Dow Jones Prediction

As we enter the new year, investors are looking for signs of what’s to come in the markets. One of the most closely watched indices is the Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA), which measures the stock performance of 30 large US companies. In this article, we’ll discuss the Dow Jones prediction and what factors could impact the index’s performance.

Historical Performance of the Dow Jones Industrial Average

The DJIA has been one of the most widely followed stock market indicators for over a century. It was first calculated in 1896 and has since become a barometer for the overall health of the US economy. Over the years, the DJIA has undergone many changes in composition and methodology, but it remains a key metric for investors and analysts.

In the early 20th century, the DJIA experienced a number of booms and busts, including the stock market crash of 1929 and the Great Depression that followed. During World War II, the index experienced a significant decline, but it rebounded strongly in the post-war period.

In the late 20th century, the DJIA saw significant growth, particularly during the dot-com boom of the 1990s. However, this growth was followed by the dot-com bust and a period of market turbulence in the early 2000s. The financial crisis of 2008 also had a major impact on the DJIA, causing it to plummet to its lowest point in over a decade.

Economy rebounding

The rebounding US economy is being driven by several factors, including government stimulus measures, a strong labour market, and a rebounding tourism industry.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the US government passed several rounds of fiscal stimulus measures, including direct payments to individuals, increased unemployment benefits, and small business loans. These measures helped support consumer spending and prevented widespread economic collapse.

Additionally, the labour market has been strong, with the unemployment rate falling from a high of 14.8% in April 2020 to 4.2% in January 2023. This has led to increased consumer confidence and spending, which drives economic growth.

Furthermore, the rebounding tourism industry has also contributed to the recovery. As more people are vaccinated and travel restrictions are eased, there has been a surge in demand for travel, hospitality, and entertainment services. This has led to job growth in these industries and increased economic activity in areas that were hit hard by the pandemic.

Overall, the combination of government stimulus measures, a strong labour market, and a rebounding tourism industry are driving the rebounding US economy and contributing to the upward trajectory of the DJIA.

Current State of the Dow Jones Industrial Average

As of February 2023, the DJIA is trading around 34,500, up from around 31,000 in March 2021, representing a significant increase over the past year. The stock market has been buoyed by several factors, including strong corporate earnings, fiscal and monetary stimulus measures, and a rebounding economy.

Dow Jones 2023 Forecast

Predicting the stock market’s performance is always a challenging task, as it depends on a variety of factors, including macroeconomic trends, geopolitical risks, and market sentiment. However, by analyzing current market trends and economic indicators, we can make some predictions about the Dow Jones forecast.

Economic Growth: One of the key factors that could impact the DJIA’s performance is economic growth. The US economy is expected to continue growing in 2023, driven by fiscal stimulus measures, a strong labour market, and a rebounding tourism industry. This could help boost corporate earnings, which is a key driver of stock prices.

Inflation Expectations: Another factor that could impact the DJIA’s performance is inflation expectations. The US inflation rate has been rising, driven by higher energy and commodity prices. However, the Federal Reserve has signalled that it will maintain its accommodative monetary policy stance, which could limit the impact of rising inflation on the stock market.

Geopolitical Risks: Geopolitical risks could also impact the DJIA’s performance. For instance, ongoing tensions between the US and China, the impact of Brexit, and the threat of cyberattacks could all affect investor sentiment and the stock market’s performance.

Geopolitical risks

Geopolitical risks can have a significant impact on the stock market and the DJIA. For example, ongoing tensions between the US and China could lead to increased tariffs, trade restrictions, and other measures that could negatively affect corporate earnings and investor sentiment. Similarly, the impact of Brexit on the global economy could lead to uncertainty and volatility in the markets.

In addition, the threat of cyberattacks could disrupt financial systems and potentially lead to significant losses for investors. As the world becomes more interconnected and dependent on technology, the risk of cyberattacks is becoming a more significant concern for investors and financial institutions.

Moreover, geopolitical risks can also lead to changes in government policies and regulations, which can have a significant impact on specific industries and companies. For example, changes in energy policies could affect the profitability of oil and gas companies, while changes in healthcare policies could impact pharmaceutical companies’ earnings.

Overall, geopolitical risks are difficult to predict, and their impact on the stock market can be unpredictable. It is essential for investors to stay informed about global events and to consider the potential impact of geopolitical risks when making investment decisions.


In conclusion, predicting the stock market’s performance is a challenging task, and there are always risks and uncertainties to consider. However, by analysing current market trends and economic indicators, we can make some predictions about the DJIA’s performance in 2023. Overall, the DJIA is expected to continue its upward trajectory in 2023, driven by a rebounding economy, strong corporate earnings, and accommodative monetary policy. Nonetheless, investors should always exercise caution and diversify their portfolios to manage risk effectively.

Safety Made Simple

Detecting a range of dangerous gases in the atmosphere, gas detectors are an essential part of safety equipment and are a requirement to meet CO2 storing compliance codes such as NBIC, NFPA, IFC, and OSHA regulations. CO2Meter provides high-quality, trustworthy, and reliable gas detection and monitoring solutions to meet the urgent needs of its customers. With its outstanding customer service and manufactured devices, CO2Meter is 2022’s winner of Best Gas Detection Solutions Retailer, North America, in the AI Global Excellence Awards. Here, we take a look at the origins of the business as well as the products and services its team offer.

With the goal of providing top-notch gas detection, monitoring and analysis solutions, CO2Meter was founded in 2006 and has since been utilizing the latest gas-sensing technologies to provide high quality detection devices, analyzers, and sensors. In every interaction with its customers, CO2Meter strives to educate the public about gas detection and monitoring with the goal of ensuring the health, welfare, and safety of the public. CO2Meter’s website also features a sizable news section, which provides informational resources about the dangers of gases and the importance of gas detection in many different industries, from mushroom farming to medicine.

The company was established when founder Irene Hicks realized a gap in the gas detection market in the United States compared to in South Africa, where she had previously researched gas sensors for a company that manufactured devices for a mining operation. When Irene met her husband, engineer, and entrepreneur Ray Hicks, they decided to collaborate on the project, resulting in the birth of

In 2017, the company hired a new vice president, Travis Lenander, a successful professional in Fortune 500 companies. Utilizing his background and strategic leadership, he kickstarted the business’ rapid success and built on this foundation to prepare the company for its next steps. In 2019, Travis became owner and CEO of CO2Meter and dedicated himself to advancing product development, market reach, and sales development. He also strived to increase the company’s international presence.

Today, CO2Meter manufactures and sells hundreds of devices, addressing a variety of gas types, including Carbon Dioxide, Oxygen, Carbon Monoxide, Ammonia, Methane, and many more. These include fixed or wall mounted gas detectors, monitors, and alarms, which are designed for use in places where inert gas safety is vital, including restaurants, breweries, beverage establishments, cultivation facilities, and laboratories. They are used to alert surrounding people of potential danger due to higher-than-normal gas concentrations. Handheld detectors are portable and allow gas levels to be monitored anywhere. CO2 and O2 data loggers can be used to collect, view, and analyze gas level data. Indoor air quality desktop monitors can be used to improve air filtration, control CO2 levels, save energy, and create a healthier living space. Sensor modules are also available to buy, which are ideal for OEM manufacturers, scientists, engineers, and students since they are customizable to meet the necessary OEM requirements and budget. CO2Meter’s sales team is able to help customers decide which sensor fits their needs.

Known for providing high-quality and reliable gas sensing solutions, CO2Meter owes its impressive reputation to its business model which focuses on the importance of evolving, learning, and growing to provide better service to customers across the globe. The company’s customer focused technical sales and engineering support teams are there to assist customers every step of the way, from the initial application inquiry to engineering support after purchasing. With a dedicated review section on its website where any customers can leave a review, it is clear that the company values customer and partner input, which has contributed to adapting new technology in response to feedback and resulted in the development of long-lasting business relationships.

CO2Meter’s business partners now include more than just the indoor air quality market it started with. While this is still an important aspect of gas detection, advancing technologies have expanded the company’s reach into many more areas. The company’s current partners include international pharmacies, universities, and colleges, as well as various Fortune 500 companies and establishments across a range of sectors such as restaurant, scientific, agriculture, and industrial markets. Manufacturing and designing over 350 different devices and technologies which are used in more than 150 countries, CO2Meter has an outstanding reach across the globe. It continues to develop its brand and technologies, ensuring that it remains the trusted go-to source for gas sensing solutions. Innovation, research, and development allows the team to provide solutions to meet the changing needs of the company’s partners.

Despite the recent Covid-19 pandemic, CO2Meter’s team showed resilience and perseverance, enabling the business to continue to succeed despite challenges. The company is proud that the quality of its devices and level of support remained more than satisfactory to its customers throughout 2020 despite the challenges faced by many businesses at the time. CO2Meter credits its recognition as leaders in gas detection to its invaluable team. As well as achieving televised recognition, the company is now recognized as essential by its partners in the production of medical and laboratory devices and equipment. It is grateful for the continued loyalty and trust of its partners and customers, especially throughout and since the pandemic.

With high quality service and trustworthy devices, it is no surprise that CO2Meter has won Best Gas Detection Solutions Retailer, North America, in the AI Global Excellence Awards 2022. Producing educational resources and devices that aim to keep people safe from dangerous gases and improve air quality, the company is dedicated to public health. Its continued success despite difficult circumstances in recent years is a testament to the strength and resilience of the business and its team.

For business enquiries, contact Morgan Morris from Co2Meter, Inc. on their website –

Six Benefits of A VPN


Whether you are running an online business or simply just a consumer trying to have the best experience on the internet possible, things are only sometimes plain sailing.

Whether it is having your data stolen, mined, stored, or sold, getting that feeling of exploitation as you do your business online is easy. It has been reported that data is becoming more valuable than oil, which makes more sense why most third parties and companies are attempting to use cookies and other methods to store as much data as possible from online users.

As well as nefarious third parties, we are also seeing a rapid rise in cybercriminals and hackers that go online. Whether it is phishing scams and identity theft that can be financially crippling to ransomware and malware attacks that can destroy PC hardware, there are so many threats online.

People have turned to a handy tool called a Virtual Private Network to retain and regain online safety and privacy. This technological device has helped people access the internet remotely and go about their online activities without having their data stolen or prying eyes watching them from bad actors.

VPNs have rapidly increased over the past few years as Internet Service Providers (ISPs) and other third parties have made the internet more restricted and limited, and cybercrime has continued to rise. The locked-down public showed reliance on VPNs during the COVID-19 pandemic for all sources of entertainment, work, communication, and e-commerce.

With the boosted amount of cybercrime, data breaches, and government and ISP interference, more and more online users sought a free VPN to combat this change and protect themselves.

What is a VPN?

A VPN is a tool that creates an encrypted tunnel from your PC and network to the VPN server and then to the website server you are using. The internet traffic, data packets, and more all go through the encrypted tunnel, keeping your online activity totally and completely private.

On top of this, a VPN can also allow you to use any server worldwide through the VPN. This is perfect for someone who wants to access different content that is available in other regions.

The Six Biggest Benefits of Using a VPN

Gain Access To Geographically Restricted Content

Many online places will alter the content you can access based on location. This can be down to various factors, whether geographically-based recommendations or governmental censorship.

You can use a VPN to alter your online location, bypassing geo-location restrictions and blocks to access your desired content.

Get More Online Safety And Privacy

By using a VPN for your online activity, you operate through an encrypted tunnel through which your internet traffic passes – this makes it incredibly difficult for governments and hackers to intercept and decipher what you are doing online.

On top of this, a VPN can give you anonymity by cloaking your IP address, which stops advertisers and governments from knowing your real-time location and treating you accordingly.

Get Better Streaming Content

Using a VPN when you stream can significantly enhance your overall streaming experience. Many streaming platforms like Netflix and Amazon Prime will limit your content based on your location, but a VPN can circumvent this restriction.

By using a VPN and masking your activity to your ISP, you stop throttling your network and allow you to continue streaming at high speed.

Be Able To Use Public Wifi Networks

Being wary about using public networks when you are out and about is a familiar feeling. Whether waiting in an airport lounge for your flight or sitting in a cafe and wanting to do some remote work, using the public network has significant online safety risks.

You can get access and complete protection on these online public networks by using a VPN.

Save More Money Online

When you go about your e-commerce business, you should purchase flight tickets, hotels, or other transportation or online services. One common theme in online shopping is that the retailer will differ the price depending on your location.

Have A Better Online Gaming Experience

A VPN in action while you game online, can make your gaming experience much smoother. A VPN can prevent any potential DDoS attacks, reduce the lag you get, and even get you access to more exclusive, geographical gaming content.

What Makes Employee Experience Management Effective?

Leadership Qualities That Are Important to Business

Employee experience management is the process of managing the experience of employees. It involves empathy and understanding employees’ needs, which can help you improve business performance.

In other words, it’s about creating an environment where your team members are engaged and enjoy coming to work every day. This will help them perform at their best, which leads to improved productivity and efficiency–and, ultimately, higher profits for your company.

In this blog, we’ll learn the importance of employee experience management and how to make it effective.

What Is Employee Experience Management?

Employee experience management is about creating a positive and engaging workplace culture for employees. It’s designing and optimizing each employee touchpoint with an organization, from when they apply for a job to their exit interview.

It involves considering every aspect of the employee’s experience, including their:

  • interactions with colleagues
  • supervisors
  • customers
  • work environment

The goal is to provide an employee experience that fosters engagement, productivity, and overall job satisfaction.

How Does Employee Experience Management Affect Productivity and Achievement of the Business Goals?

Having a positive employee experience is not just about making employees happy, although that’s definitely a great perk. Positive employee experiences lead to higher engagement, which means employees are more likely to be productive, innovative, and work together effectively.

In fact, a study conducted by Oxford University found that happier employees are 13% more productive. That’s not just a minor improvement; that’s a massive boost in productivity that can make a significant difference in achieving business goals.

Furthermore, employee experience is essential in driving organizational value, purpose, and accomplishment and improving customer experience scores.

Also, investing in employees’ happiness through positive employee experiences leads to better collaboration among employees and attracts higher-quality candidates.

What Are the Main Elements of Employee Experience Management?

Support for Professional Development

Employee development is a core part of employee experience management. It’s essential to provide opportunities for learning and growth so your employees can continue developing their skills.

You can offer resources, mentorship opportunities, training workshops, and conferences.

Excellent Office Space and Amenities

A good employee experience is about more than just perks and benefits. It’s about creating a space that supports work, collaboration, and productivity.

It’s essential to ensure your employees have the tools they need to succeed in their jobs, but staying moderate with office amenities is also necessary.

You don’t want to create an environment where they feel too comfortable–they’ll get bored and complacent if there isn’t enough challenge or opportunity for growth in their role at work.

The goal here is balance: provide your staff with everything they need and also make sure there are opportunities for them to stretch themselves outside of their comfort zone to grow as professionals while working at the company.

Flexible Schedule

Employers should offer flexibility to employees who need it. Employees with children, elderly parents, or other responsibilities may have difficulty getting to work on time if they can’t leave early or arrive late from time to time.

Suppose you can offer flexibility in your schedule. In that case, this could help with employee retention, productivity, and engagement rates (because people are happier when their needs are met).

Trust and Transparency

If you want your employees to love working for you, sprinkle some trust and transparency in there! Communication is critical to building trust, and being upfront with your team about what’s happening in the business creates a culture of openness.

Trust motivates employees to go above and beyond and gives them a reason to strive for success. Don’t keep changes or challenges a secret; give your crew a heads-up so they can prepare for whatever is coming their way.

Feedback and Recognition

Feedback and recognition are two essential elements of employee experience management. Employers can use them to recognize the excellent work employees have done, but also to help them improve their performance. Feedback is a conversation between you and your employees about their performance, which will help them grow in their roles. Recognition can take many forms, such as:

  • Money or time off;
  • Public acknowledgment;
  • A thank you note or email;
  • An award
  • A Sense of Purpose

Workers want to believe that their work matters and has an impact. They also want to feel that they are a part of something greater than themselves. Giving employees a clear sense of purpose and mission helps them feel inspired and motivated to perform their best work.

Why Accountability is a Core Element of Workplace Culture and Leadership

It’s incredibly difficult to develop a successful business and a thriving team without accountability, yet so many businesses neglect to develop this aspect of their workplace culture. If no-one (even in the leadership team) takes ownership of their responsibilities and decisions, little can be achieved, so it’s vital that everyone in the business takes initiative and recognizes when they need to step up and take action. 

With this in mind, what is accountability in the workplace and how can you embed it into your culture?

Benefits of accountability in business

There are many benefits to implementing more accountability in the workplace, and while it’s a complex task, it’s very worthwhile and achievable. Accountability in a company’s culture builds trust within your team, something that so many organizations still lack, allowing people to count on one another to do what they say they’re going to, whether it’s meeting a group deadline, feeling comfortable enough to ask for help when they need it or fulfilling their responsibilities. A workplace that feels safe and dependable is beneficial for everyone, and it strengthens the whole team. 

Fostering a workplace culture built on accountability also increases efficiency and productivity, since employees know who is responsible for each task and can rely on everyone to do their part. It eliminates any confusion and helps everyone to work swiftly and efficiently as a result. 

Accountability also means that leaders and staff pay closer attention to processes and results, rewarding excellent performances and taking action to improve processes that are no longer working. It strengthens the business as a whole and encourages honesty, integrity and a culture of learning so that everyone can achieve greater success. 

Another benefit that accountability in a workplace culture can offer is greater compliance. With ever-changing laws and regulations in every industry, compliance is dependent on accountability from every team member. Businesses need to know that staff are responsible for their actions and work with integrity, in order for the company to remain compliant where necessary and reduce the risk of fines and legal consequences. 

The impact of a lack of accountability

If accountability is lacking in your organization, it can have severe consequences. Leadership expert Melissa Raffoni argues that a “lack of accountability is the result of an underlying issue, such as unclear roles and responsibilities, limited resources, a poor strategy or unrealistic goals”. If there’s no accountability in a business, it can result in indecisiveness, poor communication, distrust, procrastination and poor collaboration between colleagues, none of which is conducive to a successful business. It’s a recipe for an unproductive and dysfunctional work environment, making it harder to achieve targets and goals. 

What does accountability look like in practice?

Accountability isn’t trying to catch employees out, shaming them for mistakes or implementing strict rules in the workplace. It’s the process of creating a productive environment built on responsibility, where everyone in the team understands the company’s mission and values so they can work towards shared goals. When leaders are clear in their communication about what each employee is accountable for, they form the perfect workplace culture, something that’s incredibly important to a successful business. 

Giving people a say in the setting of company and team goals helps reinforce their commitment to achieving them. But everyone in the business needs to play their role in developing themselves and their colleagues, by providing feedback. “A team should create clear standards, using leading indicators to enable each team member to know that they are doing their part”, explains Howard Shore, Founder and CEO of Activate Group, “The more detailed the action plans and the more specific the leading and lagging performance measures are, the easier it will be to hold people accountable”. Goals inform staff of what’s expected of them and ensures that everyone in the team understands how to accomplish those goals.

5 steps to develop accountability

Define expectations

In order to achieve accountability, staff need to have clearly defined expectations. Employees need to understand their purpose in a company’s mission, and how their responsibilities will evolve as the targets change. Assign clear responsibilities to each person, whether it’s their daily task or a unique project, so that everyone is working to the same guidelines. This way, if someone isn’t pulling their weight or tasks aren’t getting ticked off, it’s easy to understand where in the process things have fallen short. It also helps staff develop purpose and autonomy in their work. 

Make it a core value

Your business’ core values are what drive your company forward and dictate how you expect your staff to behave in the workplace. If you want accountability to be a focus for your employees, making it a core value is the ideal place to start. Make sure that staff know, from their first day on the job, that accountability is expected from them and include it in performance reviews and team meetings as part of an ongoing process. This helps to unify your team with this collective goal and ensures everyone knows the steps taken to hold each individual accountable, from interns through to CEOs. 

Prioritize development and improve retention

Accountability is all about taking responsibility for decisions and solutions, but employees can’t do that if they don’t have the necessary skills and training to make the right call. With a focus on development and growing skill sets, staff can learn from mistakes and be more inclined to stay in their roles if they feel like their efforts are valued. In turn, this greater retention rate, and increased employee satisfaction will result in better results for the company overall. 

Staff won’t feel comfortable taking responsibility for tasks if they believe that they’re going to fail, so help them progress with confidence by training them in the areas they want or need to develop. This might also look like having accountability as a criteria for pay rises and promotions, so that it remains a focus for employees as well as leaders. 

Celebrate success

If a team member has demonstrated accountability, don’t ignore it — celebrate it! Positive reinforcement has much better results than shaming or reprimanding someone for making a mistake, and it encourages people to follow in their colleague’s footsteps in the future. Maybe you offer a public show of appreciation when someone has demonstrated accountability, or maybe it’s something you discuss with each team member individually in one-to-ones where you can provide feedback. 

Lead by example

Leaders can’t hold their team to a standard they’re not prepared to follow themselves, so if you want accountability to be present in your company culture, you need to abide by the rules yourself. Being accountable from the top down demonstrates you are a responsible and reputable business, and one that is recognized by employees, clients and stakeholders alike for having a Corporate Socially Responsible (CSR) philosophy

By leading by example and holding yourself accountable, you can show staff that falling short on goals doesn’t have to be the end of the world and that there’s an opportunity to discuss it and grow from the experience. Fear of failure is one of the primary reasons why employees struggle with accountability, so foster trust and be honest about your successes and failures to make it easier for staff to accept their own responsibility.  


Fostering accountability in your workplace culture offers so many business benefits, from improved productivity and a boost to morale to better compliance and autonomy for employees. It provides a sense of ownership that all staff need to really thrive in a role, so if it’s not part of your existing culture, make it a priority for the year ahead. 

How to Level Up Your Recruitment with ChatGPT

ChatGPT, an artificial intelligence chatbot, has made waves through the technology sector since launching in November 2022, with users impressed by its realistic and human-like conversational experience.

The prototype, which is developed by Open AI, an artificial intelligence research laboratory co-founded by Elon Musk, has recently been linked with Microsoft in a multi-billion dollar investment.

The model distinguishes itself from other chatbots such as Bixby, Cortana and Siri with its impressively detailed, human-like responses to random questions.

Users simply key in questions, prompts, and even follow-up questions to which the chatbot responds, using information from its knowledge base. It has been used to perform a variety of tasks from coding websites to writing poems and job applications.

The technology could hold the power to transform our lives and will likely be used as a tool across many different sectors.

But how about ChatGPT for recruitment? Can it be used to augment, automate, and transform the hiring process? We put it to the test.

The Benefits

ChatGPT can automate recruitment tasks

Time-consuming recruitment tasks can be made simple by the chatbot. This can include creating job descriptions, generating interview questions, conducting hiring market research, and drafting HR policies. ChatGPT can do all of the heavy lifting for businesses which might be looking to streamline their recruitment materials. For more complex tasks, such as the creation of more advanced content, the chatbot can create useful, automated templates which can then be refined by strategic human recruitment professionals.  

ChatGPT can improve client experience

On average, the average length of the UK hiring process is 36 days. Maintaining a dialogue during this time with clients and candidates is an essential, but time-consuming, part of the recruitment process. Recruitment agents may often need to respond to email follow-ups and keep candidates in the picture while providing a timeline to employers. Harnessing the power of ChatGPT, recruiters can instantly draft personalised emails from scratch when particularly time pressured.The tool’s in-built sentiment analysis will provide personalised, human-like responses of a similar standard to a human agent.

ChatGPT can improve efficiency and productivity

ChatGPT’s instant responses can lighten the burden for your workforce in what is often a fast-paced, frenetic industry. According to research, almost half of UK workers are close to burnout. This can include time-consuming tasks like maintaining communication flows and writing high-quality templates for specific parts of the hiring process. This will enhance worker productivity and free up time to work “on” the business as opposed to within it, adding value and improving your company’s bottom line.

The Challenges

Of course, ChatGPT is not necessarily a silver bullet to your productivity and staffing problems and must be used with caution. Here are some potential challenges to overcome if implementing the new technology into your hiring process.

Lack of a personal touch

While some users may like the round-the-clock availability of a chatbot, there are some scenarios where they may prefer the human touch. Rejected candidates for instance may not like receiving confirmation via AI and will prefer having the reasons why explained on the phone or in person. Assigning this task to AI will feel faceless and insensitive and could lead to bad PR for your organisation. Similarly, while ChatGPT can write a job description, it may not be tailored to the specifics of the role you want to advertise. Greater nuance may be needed and you might attract the wrong candidates to the role. Think carefully about the situations in which human interaction is desired.

Potential for bias

ChatGPT has been praised for its hyper-real imitation of human interaction, but it also has the potential to amplify human prejudices. The chatbot is programmed to trawl information from a sprawling database, some of which could contain sensitive information, including that of a racist, sexist or violent nature. Prospective recruiters should therefore proceed with care when employing the technology as part of their recruitment strategy as it could have the potential to offend clients or candidates. Look out for likely performance updates and bug fixes before adoption, and make sure that ChatGPT-generated content is checked before being published.

Cost of implementation

While ChatGPT has enormous potential, in its current state, it’s just an online chatbot in the beta stage of production. This could be used ad hoc by recruitment professionals but is not ready to be fully built into the real-life hiring process. When ultimately the technology develops, this will require bespoke integration into a recruitment company’s IT system, which will likely incur a sizeable cost. Weighing this against return on investment will likely be a dilemma for the future.

Is Illinois a Comparative Negligence State? What Does This Mean for Personal Injury Cases?

Arbitration Lawyer Celebrates Success

The state of Illinois follows the modified comparative negligence theory when it comes to fault. This means that you can be assigned fault in personal injury cases depending on your situation and the circumstances of the accident.

In such situations, if you are partially at fault for the circumstances of your accident, you may not receive full compensation for your losses, or you will receive a lesser sum. Read more on Let’s see exactly what comparative negligence means, how it is applied to personal injury cases, and what does it mean for your case!

Comparative Negligence in Law

Suppose you were involved in a car accident in the state of Illinois. In that case, an investigation will occur, and everything will play a role in it, from the moment police authorities arrive at the scene and make their reports to the medics that check up on the injured parties and record their injuries.

The insurance companies will then send an insurance adjuster to check the damage that both vehicles suffered, analyze the accident scene, the weather conditions at the time of the accident, the police reports, and everything related to the accident.

The insurance adjuster will then give an opinion about who is most likely at fault for the accident, but only a judge or jury in a trial can legally assign fault. If you are found more than 50% responsible for the accident, you won’t be entitled to compensation. This is known as percentage liability in Illinois, as the state follows the modified comparative negligence system.

However, suppose you are less than 50% at fault for the accident. In that case, the compensation that you are entitled to is still affected, and the percentage of fault that you are assigned will be deducted in proportion to the amount of negligence from your compensation sum.

Therefore, if it can be proved that you were, for example, 20% responsible for the car accident, then you will only receive 80% of your compensation claim. What is important to understand about the comparative negligence system in Illinois is that you can only receive compensation as long as you aren’t more at fault than the other party.

In other states, you can receive compensation even if you are 50% at fault. Yet, Illinois follows the 51% rule, and this is why it’s crucial to work with a personal injury lawyer so that fault is properly established for your case and you can receive the compensation that you are entitled to.

What Happens When There Are More Than Two Responsible Parties?

In many personal injury cases, especially in car accidents, there might be more than two responsible parties. In this situation, the comparative negligence system works a bit differently.  The jury will apportion the fault of everyone responsible for the accident.

So, for example, one party might be 30% responsible, another 20%, and the third 50%. Everyone will have their compensation claims reduced or denied based on the amount of negligence assigned to them.

It is essential for car accident victims, slip-and-fall victims, or anyone that has suffered due to another person’s negligence and recklessness to prove fault in their case so that they can receive the compensation that they are entitled to.

How Fault Is Established

Everyone has a duty of care in society. When it comes to accidents, the fault is established based on negligence and how much someone breached their duty of care. To prove negligence, you have to prove that someone had a duty of care to you, breached that duty, and you suffered damages because of that breach.

In car accidents, you need to prove that the other driver didn’t respect traffic laws, and because of that, the accident occurred. In some instances, you can prove that they were driving recklessly or under a DUI. It all depends on the circumstances of your case.

You may share the blame if it is discovered that you intentionally disregarded rules, operated a faulty vehicle, speeding, or did anything else that might have prevented the accident or resulted in less serious injuries.

However, with a skilled personal injury lawyer by your side, you can use legal strategies to diminish fault. For example, an insurance adjuster might try to intimidate you into accepting a lower compensation claim because you didn’t wear a seatbelt during the accident.

Yet, in Illinois, if you were to reach a trial for your accident claim, the other party cannot use the seat belt as a defence to try and lower your compensation or raise your percentage fault.

Working With a Personal Injury Lawyer

Since Illinois is a comparative negligence state following the modified comparative negligence laws, you need a personal injury lawyer more than ever to establish fault and not lose your right to receive compensation.

When an accident occurs, it’s important to remember that no one can establish fault immediately. An investigation is needed, and evidence or eyewitnesses play a crucial role in it. You shouldn’t be scared of pursuing a personal injury claim if you are unsure of how much you are at fault for the accident.

The best thing you can do is act responsibly. Call authorities to the accident scene, let the medics check you up, and contact a personal injury attorney. Most lawyers offer free consultations, and you don’t have to pay them anything unless they win your case.

You can use this to your advantage and find out how your case stands or what legal options you have to prove fault.

How to Scale Your Business

Making a success of a business in the long term means having a strategy for growth. Without such a strategy, there’s a risk that you’ll expand in the wrong way, and have to go to the hassle and expense of a restructuring later on.

So, what features might comprise an effective strategy for growth? Let’s take a look at some of them.

Acquiring businesses

When trying to grow your business, whether it be nationally or internationally, acquiring and merging businesses can be a very effective strategy. Especially when companies operate in similar fields that compliment each other and thus result in greater financial strength as well as add to market share.

Hiring and retaining quality employees

The people who work for your business will determine its success. Hire talented, dedicated, industrious workers, and install them into the right positions, and your business will have a chance of thriving.

A good recruitment policy should have clearly-articulated procedures for vetting potential recruits. But in most cases, it’s easier to retain the staff you already value than it is to recruit new members of the team.

Offering incentives to drive recruitment

Your would-be recruits will be drawn in by a generous salary. But there may be other perks you can offer to tempt those high-value candidates. You might offer them the ability to work from home, as well as flexible hours. Many workplaces have demonstrated the productivity advantages of four-day work weeks, for example.

If your employees are expected to do a lot of driving, then a company car is a worthwhile perk. Offer high-value vehicles, and you’ll have a better chance of appealing to high-value recruits. You can protect your company asset with insurance products such as GAP insurance. You may ask yourself: Is GAP insurance worth it? That will depend on the kind of car you’re insuring, and the extent of any future depreciation.

Database Management Tools

The larger and more complex your operation, the more difficult you’ll find it to manage with traditional notebooks and spreadsheets. A customer relationship management system might help you to clarify and organise your customer data, and ultimately deliver a better experience to your customers.

You might install a similar solution to deal with your HR needs. The more employees you have, the more difficult your HR department will find it. Providing your team with the right technological tools will minimise stress, and drive productivity at the same time.

Prioritise the right areas

It can be difficult to know instinctively which areas of your business will benefit the most from investment and growth. Consider which channels are going to offer the greatest return on the investment. Make predictions, and then reflect later on whether those predictions have been vindicated. Based on this information, you’ll be able to make changes to your growth strategy going forward.

Automate in the right way

Automation is a process that will free up human workers to focus on the jobs that they’re good at and save untold amount of operational costs. It’s critical that your automate your processes in the right way – which in practice means proceeding with caution. While the right kind of automation can be a productivity boon, the wrong kind can do more harm than good in the long run.

Why Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Matters for Small Businesses and Enterprise

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) has become a hot topic in recent years, and more businesses recognising just how important creating a positive impact on society and the environment is for them. However, you may be thinking CSR is only relevant for large enterprises with large budgets. The truth is that CSR matters for businesses of all sizes, from small start ups to multinationals.

One of the key reasons CSR is important is because it demonstrates a company’s commitment to making a positive impact on society and the environment ie. you’re showing you actually care. By adopting sustainable business practices, reducing waste, and supporting local communities, as a business, you can build a positive reputation and earn the trust and loyalty of your customers.

For small businesses, CSR can be an effective way to differentiate themselves large competitors who often cannot afford to make vast changes due to economies of scale in place. By demonstrating a commitment to sustainability and social responsibility, small businesses can appeal to customers who are increasingly concerned about the impact of their purchases. This can help to build a loyal customer base and increase customer retention and you may actually discover that your costs lower.

For larger enterprises, CSR can help to improve brand reputation and mitigate reputational risks and potential PR drama. By engaging in sustainable practices and supporting local communities, larger businesses can build goodwill and mitigate the negative impact of any negative publicity.

CSR can also have financial benefits for businesses of all sizes. For example, reducing waste can lead to cost savings, while engaging in sustainable practices can lead to increased efficiency and productivity. Even taking smaller actions such as segregating your waste can allow your local skip hire or waste management company to recycle materials more easily. Additionally, supporting local communities can lead to increased brand awareness and customer loyalty, which can translate into increased sales and revenue.

But how can businesses of all sizes implement CSR practices?

One way is by reducing waste. This can involve implementing recycling programs, reducing packaging waste, and adopting energy-efficient practices. By reducing waste, businesses can decrease their environmental impact and save money.

Another way to implement CSR practices is by supporting local communities. This can involve donating to local charities or volunteering time and resources to support community initiatives. By supporting local communities, businesses can build goodwill and establish themselves as a positive force in the community.

In addition to reducing waste and supporting local communities, businesses can also implement sustainable business practices. This can involve using eco-friendly materials, reducing energy consumption, and adopting circular economy principles. By adopting sustainable practices, businesses can decrease their environmental impact while also improving their bottom line.

Finally, businesses can also use CSR as a way to attract and retain top talent. Today’s employees are increasingly interested in working for companies that share their values and demonstrate a commitment to social responsibility. By prioritising CSR, businesses can attract and retain top talent, which can help to drive business success.

In conclusion, CSR is important for businesses of all sizes. By adopting sustainable business practices, reducing waste, and supporting local communities, businesses can build a positive reputation, differentiate themselves from competitors, mitigate reputational risks, and improve their bottom line. As consumers become increasingly concerned about the impact of their purchases, CSR is not just a nice-to-have; it is becoming a must-have for businesses that want to succeed in today’s market. So whether you’re a small business or a large enterprise, now is the time to start prioritising CSR and making a positive impact on society and the environment.

What Kinds of Employee Injuries Are Covered?

Legal Team

If you are injured at your job in Georgia, you are entitled to workers’ compensation benefits for your lost wages and medical expenses. According to an Atlanta workers’ compensation lawyer, any business in Georgia with three or more regular employees is legally required to purchase a workers’ compensation policy for its employees. 

Unlike personal injury claims, where compensation depends on who is at fault for accidents, Georgia workers’ comp falls under a no-fault system. It does not matter whether you have contributed to your injury. If the injury happened while at work, it should be covered. 

Injuries Covered by Workers’ Comp 

Workers’ comp should cover any physical injury you suffered at work. The most common workers’ comp injuries include, but are not limited to:

  • Industrial accidents
  • Vehicle accidents
  • Slip and fall accidents
  • Repetitive motion or overexertion injuries
  • Falling objects
  • Machine-related injuries
  • Electrocutions
  • Eye, dental, and facial injuries
  • Toxic chemical exposure, burns, and respiratory illnesses
  • Lacerations, cuts, and disfigurement
  • Amputations, paralysis, and death
  • Long-term poisonings, such as exposure to carcinogens or Asbestos

The types of injuries covered in a workers’ comp policy can include everything from head, neck, brain, and back injuries to pinched nerves, broken bones, carpal tunnel syndrome, and long-term chronic illnesses. Moreover, they do not fall under workers’ comp coverage if you suffered injuries or damages during your regular commute to or from work. As long as you did not suffer such injuries during non-working hours or while you have performed unassigned duties, you can seek compensation. 

Pre Existing ConditionsIf there is a causal relationship between your work and an illness or disease you have developed, you can likely file a claim for it. However, normal illnesses that have not developed or acquired due to your work are not covered. There are also limits on the benefits you can require regarding pre existing conditions. If you aggravate a pre existing condition and it prevents you from working, you may be eligible for compensation. Your benefits will stop once the aggravation subsides, and you return to your original condition.

Catastrophic InjuriesTheState Board of Workers’ Compensationclassifies severe burns, loss of limb, blindness, or other similar injuries that prevent you from working as catastrophic injuries. Employers must appoint medical professionals with experience in catastrophic cases to help you manage and recover from this injury and hopefully return to work. 

If you cannot return to work, you can file for temporary total disability benefits, but these will cease once you return to work. However, if you cannot hold the same job you have before these injuries, you may be eligible to file for permanent partial disability benefits. The compensation you qualify for depends on the disability rating you have received from the panel healthcare provider. 

Injuries Not Covered Under Workers’ Comp

Unfortunately, not all work-related injuries are covered under workers’ comp. There are still rare situations where your benefits may be reduced or denied. Examples of injuries and situations not covered under workers’ comp include the following:

  • There has been a self-inflicted injury.
  • You have been under the influence of alcohol or drugs when the accident occurred.
  • You did not follow safety rules to prevent accidents or use provided safety devices.
  • You were engaged in criminal activities, such as engaging in a personal fight not related to your employment.
  • You were not in company time when the accident occurred.
  • You suffered injuries while engaging in horseplay or practical jokes (unless you are the victim of those said jokes).
  • You provided false information to receive benefits.
  • Workers’ comp is not available for contractors or subcontractors.

Undoubtedly, getting injured on the job is overwhelming, but having a legal team on your side is essential to ensure you have the best possible chance at recovery.

How Intelligent Process Automation (IPA) Can Transform Your Business

Most companies use automation tools to increase the efficiency of their processes. As an entrepreneur, it’s best to keep up with the competition by doing the same thing. However, most of these automation technologies require human intervention.

In some cases, employees may spend time monitoring the accuracy and efficiency of the automation process. Aside from that, outdated automation tools might be prone to human error, leading to problems like data loss or system failures.

Finding a solution can help you save time while increasing accuracy in your operations. Modern tools like intelligent process automation (IPA) can take over complete control of your business operations. It has an additional layer of artificial intelligence and machine learning capabilities, making it more potent than its conventional counterparts.

Here are five ways how IPA tools can facilitate business transformation:

1. Eliminate The Risk Of Human Error

Human error is a common issue with automation tools. But with artificial intelligence or AI-powered automation tools, you can minimise the risk of human error. The system will determine the problem and auto-correct it without human intervention. In other words, you’ll eliminate errors at source rather than fix them later, which could cost more time and money.

2. Boost Customer Experience 

Your clients’ experiences are essential to your business because they influence customer loyalty and purchase behaviour. The key to providing a high-quality customer experience is to automate as many processes as possible with the help of IPA. But how do you boost your chances of gaining consumer loyalty through intelligent process automation?

With intelligent process automation, you’ll reduce the time spent manually entering data into customer relationship management systems (CRMs). You can save time and money by reducing manual errors in your system through automation. As a result, you can minimise delays and incorrect responses to customers’ queries.

3. Prevent Fraud

Compliance and security are essential in modern businesses. If you’re dealing with confidential data, security breaches could lead to severe financial losses. On the other hand, intelligent process automation tools can provide protection and security for your data.

One example is credit card fraud, where criminals use stolen cards to purchase goods. Companies neglecting this issue risk losing customers and revenue as their reputation deteriorates. On the other hand, most businesses use IPA to track payments and notify account holders of questionable incidents.

For instance, your systems can recognise customer transaction patterns using AI, machine learning, and natural language process (NLP). Intelligent process automation technology makes it easier to identify signs of fraudulent activities. In addition, it’ll help you protect your consumers’ information, boosting their loyalty and confidence in your business.

4. Streamline Supply Chain

Delivery delays are common problems in companies. They affect customer satisfaction and revenue. As a result, unsatisfied clients post negative reviews on social media, making it harder for your business to convert leads.

You can reduce operational delays by streamlining your supply chain with the help of IPA. For instance, if you’re running a manufacturing company, this tool can help optimise shipping routes and schedules to avoid delays. Therefore, you can deliver your products faster without compromising quality or safety standards. 

Additionally, it can help you reduce fuel consumption costs. Using this technology can result in higher profits for your business and better customer acquisition and retention.

5. Increase Employee Satisfaction

The satisfaction of your employees is essential as it affects their productivity and engagement. However, your team members may not be able to produce their best output if they’re still using outdated technologies. This impacts their performance, which results in a high turnover rate and recruitment costs.

If you find ways to make jobs more manageable, it results in greater employee satisfaction. So, improving employee retention means investing in intelligent process automation. This tool can help them collect information from various channels.

Using IPA, your team members can access data to help them improve their performance and efficiency. You can also use it to maintain records and monitor workflow performance.


Business transformation starts with using modern technologies. These tools can help your company unlock its potential and transform it into a highly efficient organisation. Intelligent process automation is an asset as it accelerates business growth by eliminating bottlenecks in your operation.

Some of the capabilities of IPA include automating routine tasks, reducing errors, and improving productivity. Moreover, IPA streamlines the supply chain through route optimisation to minimise delays and ensure that goods reach their destination on time.

With intelligent process automation, you can gain a competitive edge and a higher market share in your industry, helping you succeed.

What Is Medical Negligence? What To Do If You Experience One

You expect the best care and results when you go to a hospital. However, sometimes things don’t go as anticipated. Your healthcare provider could make errors during treatment, diagnosis, or aftercare. These mistakes can cause you unexpected pain and complications, make you require additional treatment, or worsen your current condition. 

If you’ve recently had any of these experiences, you may be a victim of medical negligence. The law allows you to sue your healthcare provider and get fair compensation for the harm or injuries caused.

Defining Medical Negligence

All healthcare providers owe patients a duty of care. Hence, medical negligence happens when a healthcare professional doesn’t offer a patient the required standard of care. Examples of medical negligence cases are leaving surgical tools in a patient’s body, prescribing drugs improperly, not offering sufficient aftercare, or improper use of medical devices.

Steps To Take If You Suspect Medical Negligence

If you suspect you’ve been a victim of medical negligence, you must show that your healthcare provider didn’t offer the standard of care required for an effective and safe treatment. Simply put, you should prove the care you received was below a reasonable level and that it caused your injuries. This can be a difficult task for any inexperienced person. Also, there are other steps you must take to win in this type of legal matter.

This article provides three steps to make things easier and help you succeed.

1. Find A Good Attorney

One of the most important things to do is to hire an attorney. Medical negligence cases are sometimes too complicated. For instance, if a medical device placed in your body by your surgeon caused you harm, it can be difficult to determine the party at fault. It could be the device’s manufacturer, the retail supplier, or your surgeon. Also, it can sometimes be hard to differentiate the symptoms of your initial condition and those that resulted from medical negligence. 

It’s, therefore, best to seek the help of an excellent medical negligence lawyer as a victim. Your attorney can help in proving medical negligence. They can sufficiently identify the liable party in your case. This means they’ll create a strong case, protect your rights as a victim, and accurately determine the damages you’re entitled to. By doing so, they can help you get fair compensation for the physical, emotional, and financial strain caused by the party at fault.

2. Seek Medical Help From Another Healthcare Provider

Your health is essential. So, you also need to seek medical help from another doctor. Even though your case is ongoing, that shouldn’t prevent you from treating the injuries caused by your previous healthcare provider.

In truth, taking this step can help you more in your case. When you go for treatment, document everything. This includes the diagnosis you received, the medications provided, any therapy needed, and the aftercare you may be undergoing. These details can help strengthen your case when presented in court. They can reveal the harm or injuries caused by the medical professional.

3. Avoid Anything That Can Affect Your Case Negatively

Certain actions can negatively affect your case, so it’s best to avoid them at all costs. For instance, speaking to the healthcare provider you’re suing can be tempting. You might do this to get an explanation from the negligent individual or file your complaint with them.

However, this can be wrong because it’ll give the medical personnel in question or their hospital a chance to try covering up their error. You shouldn’t discuss your case details with the defendant and their insurance firm or lawyers. The three can trick or intimidate you into taking a smaller settlement than you deserve.

Talking about your active court case on social media can be tempting. However, you should avoid this. Your posts could be twisted by the defense team and used against you in court.

So, if your case isn’t finalized, avoid posting about it online. If you need to talk to someone about anything, look for a therapist. Client confidentiality will protect any information you give.

Final Thoughts 

Medical negligence cases happen more often than most people think. These occur when a doctor, surgeon, pharmacist, or any other healthcare provider fails to offer a patient the expected standard of care. As a result, a patient’s condition can worsen.

If you suspect you’ve been a victim of medical negligence, this article provides the necessary steps to take. These will help you succeed in your case and get the compensation you deserve.

Clear Vision and Self-Efficacy

Antonio Panico founded Business Coaching Italia (BCI), of which he is CEO, in 2018. The first company in Italy to coach companies in a specialised way, Antonio and his team of 20 coaches help hundreds of Italian companies to structure their business and improve their ways of working through proven scientific processes. Their hard work hasn’t gone unnoticed as Acquisition International names Business Coaching Italia as Best Strategic Business Coaching Company 2023 – Italy. We got in touch with Antonio to learn more about how the company helps its clients.

Business Coaching Italia’s goal is to spread the culture of business coaching and, as a result, help companies thrive. Its team of coaches are there for those entrepreneurs who want to improve the operations of their company by increasing their margins and reducing their stress. This is done by identifying what is limiting the client’s growth; getting a clear view of their priorities; and improving their processes and organisation as a whole. However, recognising that they aren’t a jack-of-all-trades, if the BCI team aren’t to cater for a client, they will direct them to valid professionals who specialise in their needs.

Antonio tells us, “My success is due to the method I have devised; the result of years of studies, research, and direct experience in the field with hundreds of entrepreneurs, managers, and professionals. The theoretical pillar on which the BCI Method is based is ‘self-efficacy’. It is a theory developed by Professor Albert Bandura, father of cognitive psychology, and awarded in 2016 by President Barack Obama, the National Medal of Science of the United States for the contribution that his theories on social learning have given to the resolution of important national issues.”

The coaching techniques on which the BCI Method is based aim to achieve progressive victories for the client. By achieving progressive success with the client, this means they are able to see their self-efficacy increase step by step, that is, their feeling of being able to concretely solve the problems that grip them in everyday life as an entrepreneur, manager, or freelancer.

Carefully, results are obtained, with all of BCI’s clients managing to achieve and exceed their business goals. In addition, many of its clients enrol into its Business Coaching Academy, the business unit that deals with training business coaches, teaching about 50 different coaching protocols and business processes that Antonio himself has codified and implemented in his career.

In 2021, BCI concluded the first Business Coaching Academy training course it launched in March 2020, on which 23 entrepreneurs, professionals, and managers were enrolled. In the last quarter of 2021, it began the new edition of the course, which coached 43 candidates. Antonio tells us, “It is important for us to select candidates by choosing among those who have asked to join. At the presentation, there were about 140 people, of these we received 83 applications and we selected 43 registered for the course.” Then, at the end of 2022, the Academy’s most recent course took place with 30 entrepreneurs.

At the end of January, BCI celebrated its first edition of the Business Coaching Academy Awards in a beautiful hotel in Florence. Antonio tells us, “It was a choral event in which we celebrated the successes of the students of the Academy where we rewarded the entrepreneurs who, by studying and applying our protocols, have had significant revenue growth ranging from 30% to 2,000% in some cases. We intend to do a similar event dedicated to coaches that have achieved even greater growth than these.”

BCI acquires its students through ads on social media, at events, and by word of mouth. The team have developed an assessment for the entrepreneur to explore the areas of their business that need to be strengthened. It is a questionnaire that has already been completed by around 3,500 companies and has allowed BCI to create an observatory of the strategic areas in which the average Italian entrepreneur needs its support. Upon receiving requests from potential students, the team identifies whether BCI’s specialism is suitable for their needs.

Even through the pandemic, businesses were still finding the need to review their internal systems. While BCI’s coaches start off with an analysis of the client’s unique situation for the structuring of an effective plan, this looked different when everyone was working from home and only connecting digitally in order to keep safe from the virus. Thus, the team were working to understand if the changes it applied in this scenario would work for post-pandemic and the return of ‘normality’. These learnings, innovations, and implementations for adapting to a state of emergency remain integrated moving forward so businesses are prepared should there be another pandemic.

Meanwhile, the war conflict between Russia and Ukraine have undoubtedly led to economic consequences with a strong impact on the world of business. As always, BCI’s work continues to be oriented towards finding ways to transform crises into opportunities for personal and professional growth, trying to minimise the impact on the country while working alongside entrepreneurs.

What truly differentiates BCI’s offering from that of competitors is the presence of standardised protocols that all its coaches follow, with Antonio saying, “The goal is to ensure that the technology we have developed is applied correctly, which is why it was necessary to publish a collection of these procedures within which the coach can find step by step all the phases for the implementation of activities.”

BCI’s content is high quality and consistent, ensuring clients get the desired results regardless of the coach they work with. Of course, Antonio oversees the work of all of his collaborators in order to make sure the standard remains high. He leads his team and clients with an approach that adapts to each individual and circumstance, saying, “The leader must have a group of collaborators who achieve results independently. To do this, it is necessary to give everyone the elements they need to do it alone and motivate them when necessary.”

He continues, “Moreover, one thing I keep repeating is that successes should be celebrated and rewarded; celebrating every little victory, setting a milestone along the path that is leading you to the goal you have set yourself. This helps to build, nurture, and fortify your self-efficacy. It is a virtuous cycle that feeds practically and endlessly.”

The company is also distinctive because of the people who make up its team. Antonio enthuses, “There is my executive team in which my historical collaborators are involved; those who have contributed in an important way to BCI’s growth. There, there are the senior coaches who are the ones who have accumulated extensive experience with the BCI Method and have always achieved excellent results for our clients.

“Finally, there are the new coaches who are gradually trained by the Business Coach Academy and who begin their journey under the strict supervision of the seniors. We do select only those who share our ethics, our mission and our vision, and who do not improvise, but stick to protocols. This is our culture and this is what has led us to success.”

So, how do the clients themselves find working with BCI? Natascia Pane from No Limits srls expresses her delight through the following feedback: “I was looking for someone who could understand my business goals and help me develop them to the fullest, to grow my business.

“When the level of my turnover started to go in the direction I wanted and was consolidated, I had confirmation that Antonio was the business coach for me! We created a business plan, keeping income and expenses under control, setting corporate (and personal) goals, choosing which new business lines to open and which to leave aside, reaching +355% in February compared to the previous year. I am more aware of my productive capacity and more serene.”

Equally elated, Ferdinando Signorelli from ADV Signorelli also shared a few words: “The main problem was organising my business. I didn’t know if I was doing right or wrong. I felt the need for discussion and guidance.

“The experience with Business Coaching Italia was absolutely positive. We worked on my mentality and on all the useless blocks I had. This allowed me to be a professional with a concrete activity which generates a generous and continuously growing turnover and profit.

“From last June to today, I have consolidated and more than doubled my turnover. Now I have a greater self-confidence and more optimism and concreteness for the future.”

Another pleased client comes in the form of Antonio Argento from ABS Work who shares: “My company was certainly not going badly, but the journey with BCI allowed me to work on internal reorganisation, on the organisational chart, and on the flow of activities.

“This has allowed everyone in my company to know exactly what to do and how to do it. In this way, I was able to focus on the commercial part. I have recovered old clients and found and followed up with many new ones.

“In 2020, we had an increase in turnover of 65.2%. We went from almost 1.6k to about 2.65k, despite the two-month shutdown due to the lockdown! The growth trend had remained constant also subsequently.”

Now we’ve heard from some happy clients, the question is what’s next for Business Coaching Italia? Antonio excitedly shares, “Surely we will continue with the assessment of the various companies to always have an updated assessment of the most strategic areas of intervention. We would like to get to have 1,000 customers so as to impact on the Italian gross domestic product and expand our business internationally.”

For business enquiries, contact Antonio Panico from Business Coaching Italia via email – [email protected] or on their website –

6 Strategies for Boosting Employee Productivity and Sales

We often come across managers who provide their employees with full creative freedom and flexibility to meet their deadlines.

On the other hand, there are others who micromanage and monitor their employees closely to get the maximum work out of them. They mainly follow the “squeeze ‘em” approach, i.e., squeezing productivity from employees every second.

Naturally, the former approach drives more productivity in employees, which drives more sales in an organization.

Productive employees are a result of many factors – good pay, a favourable work environment, flexible work culture, and so much more. It’s all about motivating and inspiring your team to achieve their full potential and achieve your business goals and objectives.

In this article, we’ve compiled a list of six effective strategies that can help boost employee productivity and bring growth and sustainability to your business.

1. Set up a telephone-based time-tracking system

Time-tracking is an essential factor for employers to understand the productivity levels of their employees. For that, employees are generally required to fill up timesheets on a daily basis, and payroll managers need to validate that data parallelly.

The traditional approach of clocking in time involved filling excel sheets where employees would write their working hours on an excel sheet. This system often leads to ambiguity and false entries by employees, which, honestly, is a mismanaged way of handling payroll.

Thankfully, the concept of telephone timesheets came just in time, bringing a more practical approach to time-tracking.

What is telephone time-trackingTelephone time-tracking allows employees to clock in and out via any phone. The data is then transmitted to a central database via a software, where it can be used for payroll processing and other purposes.

With telephone time tracking, employees can dial a designated number and enter their unique identification code to begin tracking their work hours. They can also use the system to report their work status, such as whether they are on a break or have finished for the day.

Telephone time tracking can be useful for businesses that have a geographically dispersed workforce or need to track employees who work off-site. It can also be beneficial for employees who do not have access to a computer or other electronic devices for time tracking.

2. Invest in a performance management system

Managing employees in an organization is not a cakewalk. The biggest challenge still remains to assess their performance, give feedback, and reward them for their work.

Luckily, an employee performance management system helps you automate most of these people management processes and keep everything aligned. From performance reviews to setting goals and OKRs that align with the company’s vision, an efficient performance management system helps you create agile processes effectively.

Benefits of using a performance management systemBy setting clear goals, providing regular feedback, and tracking progress, an effective performance management system can improve employee productivity.Employees who feel valued and recognized for their contributions are more likely to be engaged in their work.By aligning individual employee goals with overall organizational objectives, a performance management system can help ensure that all employees are working towards the same goals.A performance management system can help ensure that evaluations are based on objective criteria rather than subjective opinions or biases.Employees who receive regular feedback and have opportunities for career development are more likely to stay with their organization.

3. Provide training and development opportunities

One of the best ways to show an employee that you really care about their future is to invest in them. By investing, we mean providing them with resources to upskill and grow in their careers.

When you think about it, it’s a win-win for you as well as your employees. Your employees get to advance their skills and become better versions of themselves, you get more skilled employees, which helps in increasing your revenue and sales.

Steps to provide upskilling opportunities to your employees

Identify training needs: Conduct an assessment of employees’ skills and knowledge to identify areas where training and development are needed. This could include conducting surveys, focus groups, or individual assessments.

Develop a training plan: Based on the identified needs, develop a training plan that outlines the types of training that will be offered, the delivery methods, and the timeline for implementation.

Choose the right delivery methods: Consider a range of delivery methods, including in-person training, online courses, coaching and mentoring, and job shadowing. Choose methods that are most effective for the skills being developed and the learning styles of employees.

Allocate resources: Allocate the necessary resources, including time, budget, and staff, to implement the training plan effectively.

Encourage participation: Encourage employee participation in training and development activities by promoting the benefits, making training opportunities easily accessible, and incentivizing participations

Evaluate effectiveness: Regularly evaluate the effectiveness of training and development activities to ensure they are meeting their objectives and making a positive impact on employees and the organization.

4. Foster a positive work environment

An average person spends about 90,000 hours of their life working in an office. That means an office is typically like a second home to employees. As their employer, it’s your job to make them feel at home by fostering a positive work environment. This is especially helpful in keeping your employees’ well-being in check and making sure they make the most of the resources allocated to them.

How to create a positive work environment

Encourage employees to communicate openly and honestly with their colleagues and managers. This can help build trust, prevent misunderstandings, and foster a positive and supportive workplace culture.Support employees in achieving a healthy work-life balance by providing flexible work arrangements, such as remote work options or flexible schedules.Recognize and appreciate employees for their hard work and contributions. This can be done through verbal praise, bonuses, or other rewards and incentives.Encourage teamwork and collaboration among employees by promoting a sense of shared purpose and goals.Lead by example by demonstrating positive behaviors and attitudes. This can help set the tone for a positive and respectful work environment.

5. Streamline communication within teams

Communication is the key to achieving any goal—be it increasing collaboration within a team, hitting a sales target, or increasing productivity. After all, that’s how teams get along with one another and work effectively on a shared goal or target.

Moreover, effective communication can facilitate learning and development by enabling employees to receive feedback, coaching, and mentoring.

Tips to improve communication in the teamEstablish clear communication channels, such as regular team meetings, email updates, or internal messaging platforms. If needed, invest in a communication platform to ease up the process. Conduct regular meetings to seek updates from employees. These meetings don’t have to be very long—a daily 10-minute walkthrough would suffice.Provide regular feedback to employees, highlighting areas of strength and areas for improvement.Address conflicts early and directly rather than allowing them to fester and potentially harm team communication.Use collaboration tools such as shared calendars, project management software, and virtual whiteboards to enhance team communication.Keep a check on your employees’ well-being, and if needed, conduct one-on-one sessions with them to discuss any issues they might have.

6. Have a smooth hiring and onboarding process

The way you manage your hiring and onboard the selected candidates tells a lot about the kind of boss you’ll be and impacts employee turnover. At least, your employees and the candidates applying for a role in your company judge you based on these factors. This is why it’s critical you put up a strong face and make these processes convenient and memorable for them.

A well-designed hiring and onboarding program can help employees learn the ropes faster, reducing the time it takes for them to become fully productive in their roles. It provides new employees with clear expectations about their roles, responsibilities, and performance metrics, leading to better productivity.

Tips to streamline hiring and onboarding

Use an applicant tracking system: An ATS manages resumes, applications, and candidate information, allowing you to streamline the hiring process.

Use pre-employment assessments: This helps evaluate candidates’ skills, knowledge, and fit for the role, allowing you to make more informed hiring decisions.

Automate onboarding paperwork: Use online forms and e-signatures to automate onboarding paperwork, reducing the time and effort required for new employees to complete necessary forms.

Assign a mentor or buddy: Provide your new employees a proper guidance, and support, and help them acclimate to the company culture and team dynamics.

Key takeaways for managers and team leaders

It’s important to note that boosting employee productivity requires a long-term commitment and ongoing effort from leaders and managers.

By providing employees with the right tools, resources, and incentives, you can motivate and engage your teams. This leads to increased job satisfaction, better performance, and improved sales outcomes.

So, prioritize their well-being, create a positive work culture, and invest in their growth, and you’ll be on your way to building high-performing teams.

Author’s Bio

Deepali is an engineer-turned-freelance writer for B2B SaaS, writing actionable long-form content for marketing, Cybersecurity, and HR-Tech companies. When she’s not writing, she’s engrossed in a cozy murder mystery novel with a cup of hot chocolate!

The Forward-Thinking Family Law Firm

Divorcing is difficult, and many know that the entire legal process is extremely daunting. However, we’ve found a lawyer who knows exactly how to handle such a delicate situation. Here we provide insight into the work of the MacLean Family Law firm and its devotion to representing and supporting its clients in legal disputes. Its Founder, Lorne MacLean, has recently been recognized by the AI – Leading Adviser Awards 2022.

Once the decision to divorce has taken place, the next step is often the hardest one – which is to distribute the assets and/or responsibilities that both share. Some hard questions are asked; who gets to keep this house? If there are other properties, who is keeping those? If there is a business involved, what happens with it? If there is no prenup, are two equal shares the fair outcome for both parties? If there are children involve, who will they live with? Who gets the children for the holidays? Do both parties agree on how to parent their children from now onwards? What is the best for the children? How will the children be financially supported? So many decisions that need to be made depending on each individual case.

This are questions that can’t be answered lightly and with people emotionally involved in the matter, having someone mediating the process that is not emotionally attached to the situation is valuable for the legal aspect of the divorce to be fair for both parties.

MacLean Family Law was founded 1983 and it is made up of a group of family lawyers with knowledge on wealth and experience on litigation, mediation, and arbitration. With many offices, spread across Vancouver, West Vancouver, Surrey, Victoria, Toronto, Richmond, Kelowna, and Calgary, MacLean Family Law is in prime locations to help a wide variety of people. Its CFO, Ryan Torvik, says, “We’ll help you triumph over complex family circumstances and move forward to a healthy new future”.

The firm offers high net worth services, international matters, wealth protection agreements, family law appeals, separation and divorce, child custody, parenting and fertility, child support, and much more.

It is important to have a team of lawyers that you can trust will go above and beyond to ensure you are protected and supported throughout. Ryan says, “Mr. MacLean and his team bring justice to injustice and will apply to the highest court in our land to protect what is right.”

“MacLean Family Law is one of Canada’s most trusted, experienced family law firms”.

Ryan shares “Our lawyers bring a strategic perspective, award winning expertise, collaborative approach and progressive practices.” Today MacLean is rated one of the top family legal firms in Vancouver by Top Choice Awards.

Having someone that sees representing you much more than just a job on your side is incredibly beneficial for the success of your case. The Founder of MacLean Law, Lorne MacLean, empathises, “Practising family law is more than a career – it’s my calling. I thrive on helping people move forward. I have and will go to the Supreme Court of Canada to achieve a fair and positive result for my client.” From his years as an acting Founder of MacLean he has gained a reputation with the perfect balance of tough and thoughtful as he advocates for clients and supports them to ensure they get what is right and best for them to move forward.

To trust someone with the direction of your future is a big task and more so when it involves a family dynamic. Children are not at fault for the end of the marriage, but they are often the most affected, even once the legalities surrounding the divorce have concluded. The wellbeing of each child is very important to MacLean, which is reflected in each case the team represented.

Money can sometimes turn people you once cared about the most into your biggest enemy, leaving no choice but to seek support from someone who has the knowledge and experience acquired to end such a nightmare of money driven conflict. MacLean supports its clients in moving forward to which one of its clients shares, ““Moving Forward” is a very accurate statement for this very talented and coordinated team. The team represented my interests with integrity and executed the necessary processes to get closure and a fair settlement for me. I highly recommend MacLean Family Law to anyone struggling through a difficult family matter.”

Lorne MacLean has gone to great efforts to successfully lead MacLean Family Law Firm to be one of the most trusted and experienced in Canada. This is reflected in its record of “multiple wins at the Supreme Court of Canada, the BC Supreme Court, and the BC Court of Appeal”, highlights Ryan. Lorne has recently been recognized in the Leading Adviser Awards 2022 with Leading Family & Divorce Lawyer of the Year 2022 – British Columbia, we will continue to see the firm’s success in supporting its clients during difficult and sensitive family times.

For business enquiries, contact Ryan Torvik from MacLean Law on their website –

5 Steps to An ERP Integration Strategy

Companies adopt ERPs to serve as corporate data hubs. But to fulfill this purpose and become a single source of truth, the platform needs to be integrated with the rest of the business IT infrastructure. 

Through ERP integration, companies can connect it with relevant business solutions and have the data automatically flow to the ERP’s database and get consolidated there. While this step is not mandatory, by choosing to forgo the integration companies considerably reduce the benefits of their ERPs, creating unnecessary data silos and running the risk of human errors.

1: Define the ERP integration scope

To be an efficient data hub, an ERP shouldn’t necessarily be connected to every single enterprise system in place. On the contrary, the information from dozens of business applications packed day after day into a single database can complicate analytics and decision-making and make such an ERP expensive and challenging to maintain. This is why adopters should begin by narrowing down the number of applications they want to tie in with their ERPs. 

  • CRM-ERP integration synchronizes the enterprise’s demand and supply data and helps the sales team to meet customer expectations. 
  • eSourcing-ERP integration reduces supplier costs, accelerates the sourcing cycle, and helps manage procurement risks.
  • HRM-ERP integration improves visibility into the corporate skillset and enables a more efficient allocation of human resources.
  • Project management-ERP integration helps managers gain better control over project fulfillment and specifics.  
  • BI-ERP integration expands ERP’s analytical capabilities for decision-makers to draw deeper insights from operational data.  

2: Decide on the ERP integration method

There are several distinct ways in which ERP integrations can be carried out nowadays, and opting for the right one will lock in the project’s success. 

Dedicated integration tools. Seeing the trend toward ERP integration, leading platforms started equipping their products with dedicated tools, while more software vendors build their own ERP connectors. 

There are pre-built ERP integrations that require no coding, but they are standardized and selective in scope. In-built or third-party APIs are more common and flexible and can facilitate seamless data synchronization, but will require some development work.   

Point-to-point integration. Point-to-point integrations entail multiple custom connections if ready-to-use tools are unavailable. Complicated, high-maintenance, and rigid, this ERP integration method should be leveraged selectively. 

Enterprise service bus. Enterprise service bus involves building a custom communication system over the enterprise IT infrastructure that passes data from business apps to the ERP and back. ESB is complicated to create, but once implemented, connecting new software to it becomes easy. On the flip side, ESB is suitable mainly for on-premises infrastructures and is unsuitable for cloud ERP.   

Custom development. Finally, companies can always rely on custom development for ERP integrations. This method allows designing proprietary connections between the ERP and business apps that will fully meet your requirements, which is hard to find in pre-built integration solutions.  

3: Make a plan

Once you have determined the integration scope and approach, it’s time to lay out the project’s roadmap, resources, and execution specifics.


ERP integration methods vary significantly in cost, so at large, the budget will be determined by how you balance out ready-made and custom solutions. You will also need to take into account data migration and storage expenses, integration testing, ERP and business apps configuration, and potential IT infrastructure hardware and software upgrades.


Next, decide on the ERP integration team. If you are uncertain that your in-house team can carry out all the integration, configuration and data migration tasks adequately, consider bringing in more experienced ERP consultants and developers from outside.

Other than that, make sure to invite business users from the related departments to serve as conduits for business-end concerns and viable suggestions. Furthermore, an ERP integration project needs an executive sponsor to take responsibility for the project’s budget allocation, bringing in more specialists, and formulating global integration objectives.     


The scope and substance of integrations are major factors in time estimates, so only IT specialists, aware of the technicalities and potential setbacks, can accurately predict the amount of time they will spend on carrying out each integration and bringing it live. To be on the safe side, allocate some extra time for possible contingencies.

It is also important to properly schedule launch dates for each integration, ideally when both ERP and the connected app are least utilized, and map out a roll-back plan if the integration doesn’t go as expected. 

4: Connect ERP with business applications

Armed with the project plan, timeline, and requirements, the team can phase into ERP integration. This involves building custom solutions to connect a business application and the ERP or bringing them together via an API and then configuring both solutions to support the redesigned processes. In the case of homegrown legacy solutions, additional customizations may be required to get them to work with the ERP.

We highly recommend companies to opt for a phased approach, where integrations are carried out one by one or in sections. This way, the integrations can be rolled out, tested, and rolled back if necessary without jeopardizing business process continuity.     

5: Conduct ERP integration testing

Before going live, the company needs to make sure the newly consolidated ERP operates as intended. Integration testing involves simulating real-life scenarios and replicating users’ activities to detect potential errors and bottlenecks in communication between the ERP and other modules or vulnerabilities arising from the changes.

Because ERP integrations usually span multiple business applications, the best course of action would be running separate test activities for each integration instead of carrying out large-scale testing after all the work is done. 

Moreover, as the detected bugs are fixed, you can release ERP integrations one by one, providing employees with gradual access to new capabilities of the system. After all ERP integrations are verified, the company will still need to test how the new infrastructure works as a whole, but it will be an easier task.

Make ERP your corporate data hub

ERP was designed to serve as a single source of truth, but to realize its full potential, it needs to be connected with other business apps. ERP integration is a much more complex and demanding transformation than it seems, but if relying on this integration guide and supported by an experienced IT team, your company can carry it out successfully, cost-efficiently, and without major setbacks.

Why Has the SaaS Model of Selling Software Become So Popular?

As businesses increasingly move their data and operations to the digital world, software has become an essential tool for success. For many companies, Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) has been a game changer in terms of delivery model for software applications.

In recent years, the SaaS model of selling software has grown exponentially as it offers multiple benefits over traditional licensing models such as convenience, cost savings and scalability.

In this article we will explore why this model has become so popular among businesses seeking efficient and cost effective solutions in cloud computing technology today – looking at its advantages through the lens of both enterprise customers and small business owners alike.

1. Benefits of the SaaS Model

The SaaS model of selling software has become increasingly popular over the years due to its many advantages. The SaaS model allows customers to pay for only the services they use, eliminating upfront costs associated with purchasing and maintaining physical infrastructure or exhaustively upgrading on-premise versions.

Furthermore, it also comes with many cost-savings related to time and employee resources needed for setup, maintenance and support tasks – making it ideal for entrepreneurs who have limited staffing needs or budgets.

Additionally, there is usually an elastic level of scalability that enables users access more features or greater capacity if needed. This makes SaaS solutions perfect for organizations that experience seasonal changes in their business needs.

2. Adoption and Growth of the SaaS Model

The rapid adoption and growth of the SaaS model can be attributed to the improved convenience that customers have experienced with this form of software delivery. Customers no longer need to install or download large, complex files onto their computers – operations are conducted securely in a cloud environment managed by providers.

For small businesses, not having to maintain on-premise installations is especially attractive as it frees up personnel time for more strategic pursuits such as business development or customer service improvement initiatives.

Small businesses looking for customized advice and in-depth guidance on successfully embracing the SaaS model, Leadfeeder’s guide to SaaS marketing can provide detailed tips from industry experts.

Customers benefit from access to new features much faster due mainly to automatic update services in most SaaS solutions. This keeps companies competitive in terms of leveraging powerful technology solutions.

Finally, another factor driving growth is integration—many popular providers offer APIs that enable users to easily integrate SaaS applications with on-premise ones.

3. Challenges Faced with Using the SaaS Model

When adopting the SaaS model, there are certain challenges that must be addressed in order for customers to reap all its benefits and enjoy a smooth user experience. Firstly, security is an issue since the data remains in third-party domains—the customer needs to ensure that stringent measures and protocols are employed by their provider of choice.

Additionally, cost controls can be a problem when dealing with pricing models based on usage rather than licensing – it may become difficult for customers to keep track of their expenses as they scale up without careful monitoring practices in place.

Performance issues such as latency or instability can occur due partly to large amounts of utilization by each customer, forcing providers to invest in more infrastructure.

Finally, while there are many advantages associated with SaaS when compared to on-premise deployments – vendors must be careful not to compromise the ownership and control organizations have over their data by allowing third parties to provide access.

4. Future Trends in Software Delivery Models

The future of software delivery promises increased user accessibility and flexibility through technologies such as Platform as a Service (PaaS), serverless computing and virtual desktop technology.

By transitioning away from the traditional license based models of software distribution towards enabled cloud-hosted networks, companies can access additional benefits including enhanced scalability, enhanced maintenance services and improved security for all types of users. Ideally, this could enable faster time-to-market times for products due to quicker deployment cycles of services.

In addition, businesses will be able to leverage the option of pay-as-you-go usage models – which make it easier for them to only pay for what they need and scale up or down as required. Also, with more emphasis on automation technologies such as AI chatbots, there is potential for much larger reductions in cost associated with manual labour that has traditionally been necessary within software delivery operations.


The software-as-a-service model of selling software has become increasingly popular due to its many advantages. It offers cost savings, increased convenience and scalability for customers as well as a faster time to market for vendors.

The future promises more options for businesses such as pay-as-you-go models with enhanced accessibilities and automated technologies that reduce manual effort associated with complex tasks like maintenance or setup.

Despite challenges such as security concerns or cost monitoring difficulties companies can still benefit from this delivery model by understanding their needs and selecting the right vendor partners who understands both cloud technology – while enabling company’s full ownership control of their data in third party domains or on premise solutions when needed.

Money Grows: Increasing Your Capital

It can be reassuring to know that you are able to pay the bills and still have some cash left over at the end of the month. However, for many people, the last few days before payday can result in loans or credit cards being relied upon. Finding ways to get out of this habit, and increase the money you have, can be ideal. At the same time, you may already spend a lot of time working. Likewise, those who stay at home, either in a caring role or otherwise, might not be able to simply go out and procure work. Therefore, some ingenuity might be required.

Build up savings

Should you find yourself with a little bit of cash left at the end of the month, or even given as a gift, you may want to think before you splurge. Although treating yourself may feel nice at the time, it may not help you in the long run. Instead, putting any spare cash into an individual savings account could benefit you far more. This type of account might be free from any taxes or fees, allowing you to continue stockpiling money, as and when it is feasible to do so, without needing to worry about the banks or government taking any of it. However, it is important to note that there may be a set amount that you can save each year.

Be clever about income

There may be a number of ways that you can grow your wealth, depending on if you have the time to do so. Should you be considering a second job, or looking for a work from home opportunity, you might want to think about a self-employed venture. In particular, freelance work may be suitable, especially if you already have a busy life. This can allow you to use a skill set to earn money, picking from jobs and clients. Working for yourself can be a good way of topping up your existing income, especially around more expensive times of the year, such as near public holidays.

Ditch the debt

Being in debt can cause you a lot of stress, and even potentially contribute to poor mental health. Figuring out how to pay off any debts you have might be a good idea. Rather than trying to tackle them all at once, you might want to consider utilizing the snowball method. This involves dealing with the smallest debts first, getting rid of them as quickly as possible, and slowly working your way up to larger ones. The benefit of using this method can be that you are able to completely clear some debts, and even close those accounts, rather than having to pay interest and try to handle numerous ones at the same time.

Figuring out how to remove some negative money habits, while taking on some new, good ones, can really change the way you manage your money. From this, you might find yourself in a better financial position.

Is Now a Good Time to Invest in the US Dollar Index?

The US Dollar Index is a financial asset that tracks the movement of the US dollar against six major currencies. The index has attracted many investors over the years and is considered to be a strong option for long-term portfolios. However, the market is volatile and the index has experienced losses, dropping to its lowest price in seven months in January 2023. 

So, is the US Dollar Index a good investment in 2023? Here, we take a closer look at the asset to provide everything that you need to decide whether or not to invest.

What is the US Dollar Index?

The US Dollar Index is a measure of the value of the United States dollar relative to a basket of foreign currencies, weighted by the trade volume of each currency. It was created by the Intercontinental Exchange (ICE) in 1973 and is often referred to as DXY. 

The index is used by traders, investors, and economists as a benchmark to measure the strength or weakness of the US dollar against other major currencies such as the euro, Japanese yen, British pound, Canadian dollar, Swedish krona, and Swiss franc. Charting platforms allow them to track the DXY in real time.

The US Dollar Index is an important indicator of global economic and financial market conditions, as changes in the index can impact currency exchange rates, international trade, and investment flows.

How did the US Dollar Index perform last year?

DXY saw a positive start to 2022, reaching a 20-year high in September. Despite many assets facing troubles last year, the DXY managed to remain strong and has been rising steadily ever since the beginning of last year.

The main reason that the US dollar is so strong in comparison to other currencies right now is that rates of inflation in the US are lower than in other developed countries such as the UK. However, recession is still a strong possibility for the country.

Will the US Dollar Index go up in 2023?

The market is volatile and it is impossible to predict whether or not a financial asset will go up or down in any space of time. However, the DXY has displayed resilience to recent market volatility and is showing signs that it will remain strong for the remainder of the year. 

Nevertheless, the FED is currently implementing plans to fight against a possible recession. The announcement of any new plans could directly impact the price of the dollar, sending it either up or down. Therefore, it is difficult to say whether or not the index will continue to rise through the rest of 2023. 

Why might the DXY be a good investment right now?

The US dollar is considered to be one of the strongest currencies right now which makes the DXY a good choice for long-term investors who want to diversify their portfolios with a currency index.  

The US faces an ongoing battle with inflation and wider market volatility, but the US dollar has managed to remain strong.

Why might the DXY be a bad investment right now?

The US dollar recently hit a 9-month high which leaves little room for the price to rise any further. If you are looking to make gains from your investment, it may be better to wait until the price has dropped to a lower level. However, the price of financial assets can never be determined and some investors believe that the price may still go up. 

The US Dollar Index is currently one of the strongest currency indexes to hold in your investment portfolio. We have highlighted some key points to consider before investing. Whether or not it is a good or bad investment right now depends entirely on your own trading strategy and individual analysis. We cannot say definitively whether the asset will go up or down in 2023.